EPA-600/2-76-246
September 1976
Environmental Protection Technology Series
               SYMPOSIUM ON  FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
                        MEASUREMENT AND  CONTROL
                             (May 1976, Hartford, CT)
                                 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                                       Office of Research and Development
                                      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711

-------
                RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency,  have  been grouped  into five series. These five broad
 categories were established to facilitate further development and application of
 environmental technology.  Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The five series are:
                                         s
     1.    Environmental Health Effects Research
     2.    Environmental Protection Technology
     3.    Ecological Research
     4.    Environmental Monitoring
     5.    Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
 This report has  been  assigned  to the  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
 TECHNOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and
 demonstrate instrumentation,  equipment, and methodology to repair or prevent
 environmental degradation from point and  non-point sources of pollution. This
 work provides the new  or improved technology required for the control  and
 treatment of pollution sources to meet environmental quality standards.
                    EPA REVIEW NOTICE

This report has been reviewed by  the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, and approved for publication.   Approval
does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policy of the Agency, nor does mention of trade
names or commercial products, constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                   EPA-600/2-76-246

                                   September 1976
              SYMPOSIUM

      ON  FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

   MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL

          (May 1976, Hartford, CT)
          E.M.  Helming, Compiler

TRC,  The Research Corporation of New England
         125 Silas Deane Highway
       Wethersfield, Connecticut 06109
           Contract No.  68-02-2110
           ROAP No. 21AUY-095
         Program Element No. 1AB015
   EPA Project Officer:  Robert M.  Statnick

 Industrial Environmental Research  Laboratory
   Office of Energy, Minerals,  and Industry
      Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711


                Prepared for

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
      Office of Research and Development
           Washington, DC 20460

-------
                          FOREWORD

These proceedings for the symposium on "Fugitive Emissions:
Measurement and Control" constitute the final report sub-
mitted to the Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
for Task Three of Environmental Protection Agency Contract
Number 68-02-2110.  The symposium was held at the Sheraton-
Hartford Hotel, Hartford, Connecticut, May 17-19, 1976.

The objective of the symposium was to support the Environ-
mental Protection Agency's efforts to develop methods for
the measurement and control of industrial fugitive emissions.
Papers were presented that described the scope and regula-
tory aspects of fugitive emissions in general, reviewed the
impact of fugitive dusts on the atmosphere and indicated
the need for future measurement and control programs.  Re-
cently developed measurement methods for air borne fugitive
emissions and the results of measurement programs utilizing
the methods in specific industrial applications were des-
cribed.  Existing fugitive emissions control technologies
in typical industries were reviewed.

Dr. Robert M. Statnick of the Industrial Environmental Re-
Search Laboratory, Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina, was the Project Officer and
General Chairman of the symposium.

Elizabeth M. Helming, Project Scientist at TRC - The Research
Corporation of New England, Wethersfield, Connecticut, was
the Symposium Coordinator and Compiler of the proceedings.
                              11

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                         (* indicates speaker)
                                                                 Page
17 May 1976

                       SESSION I:  INTRODUCTION

FUGITIVE EMISSIONS PROBLEMS IN PERSPECTIVE 	 3
     John E. Yocom, TRC

REGULATORY ASPECT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS  	17
     Gary D. McCutchen, EPA

                       SESSION II:  MEASUREMENT

A GUIDELINE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF AIR-BORNE FUGITIVE	33
EMISSIONS FROM INDUSTRIAL SOURCES
     Henry J. Kolnsberg, TRC

COKE OVEN EMISSION MEASUREMENTS DURING PUSHING . .	.51
     Robert B. Jacko, Ph.D., Purdue University

PROBLEMS IN MEASURING FUGITIVE EMISSIONS FROM.	67
WASTE DISPOSAL PONDS
     William R. King, Ph.D., FMC Corp.

CONTINUOUS ROOF MONITOR EMISSION TESTS 	 101
     Abbas F. Souka, Ph.D., AIRCO Speer Carbon-Graphite
18 May 1976
                        SESSION III:  IMPACT OF
                          FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
RELATIVE IMPACTS OF OPEN SOURCES OF EMISSIONS	123
     Thomas R. Blackwood, Ph.D.* and
     J. A. Peters, Monsanto Research Corp.

THE IMPACT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS OF FINE PARTICLES  	 143
     Chatten Cowherd, Ph.D., Midwest Research Institute
                                   iii

-------
                     TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont'd.)
                                                                 Page

FACTORS INFLUENCING EMISSIONS FROM FUGITIVE 	  .  .159
DUST  SOURCES
      George A. Jutze and
      Kenneth Axetell*, PEDCo Environmental

                    SESSION IV:  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF ASBESTOS WASTE PILES ON AMBIENT AIR.  .  .  .183
      Colin F. Harwood, Ph.D.* and
      Paul Ase, IIT Research Institute and
      Mary Stinson, EPA

AN ASSESSMENT OF  FUGITIVE EMISSIONS IN THE PRIMARY.  ......  .203
ALUMINUM INDUSTRY
      William D. Balgord, Ph.D., The Aluminum Association

MEASUREMENT OF IRON FOUNDRY FUGITIVE EMISSIONS	  .211
      William D. Scott* and
      Charles E. Bates, Ph.D., Southern Research Institute

CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS IN PETROLEUM REFINING	239
      John H. Weiland, Texaco, Inc.
      (Representing the American Petroleum Institute)

THE COST EFFECTIVE'NESS OF COKE OVEN CONTROL TECHNOLOGY	247
      William A. Cote*, Robert E. Kenson, Ph.D. and
      Norman E. Bowne, TRC
19 May 1976
                 SESSION V:  FUTURE NEEDS FOR MEASURE-
                 MENT AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
FUTURE NEEDS FOR'MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL OF FUGITIVE DUST  .  .  .  ,267
     Frederick A. Renninger, National  Crushed  Stone Assoc.

DETERMINING FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MEASUREMENTS NEEDS FOR AN	275
EMERGING INDUSTRY-ADVANCED FOSSIL FUEL UTILIZATION
     Michael R. Guerin*, James E. Epler, Chuen-huei Ho,  and
  • .  Bruce R. Clark, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

NONPOINT SOURCE WATER EMISSIONS:  ENERGY AND INDUSTRY  	 305
PROCESSES
     Robert M. Statnick, Ph.D.*, EPA and
     Gordon T. Brookman, TRC
                                  IV

-------
 Session I:




INTRODUCTION
      -1-

-------
                Fugitive Emissions Problems  in Perspective*
                             by  J. E. Yocom
               TRC - The Research Corporation of New  England
                         Wethersfield,  Connecticut
                                ABSTRACT


     Primary emphasis on control of air and water pollutants has been
placed on point sources.  Fugitive emissions, or those emitted from non-
point sources, are important contributors  to environmental degredation in
many areas and in relation to many types of industrial operations.  Because
of the potentially high cost of controlling such emissions it is important
that their significance be accurately assessed.
     This paper discusses many types of fugitive emissions and the methods
for assessing them.  Fugitive emissions are extremely site specific in
respect to their measurement and control,  and this paper presents examples
of measurement programs that put fugitive  emissions in proper perspective
in relation to other source categories and other environmental impacts.
  For Presentation at  a Symposium on "Fugitive Emissions - Measurement and
  Control".    Sponsored by the Environmental Protection Agency (IERL-RTP),
  Sheraton-Hartford Hotel, Hartford,  Conn.,  May 17-19,  1976.
                                  -3-

-------
 1.0  INTRODUCTION



      The  pollution control programs currently being developed and implemented




 in this country have, for the most part, been directed at emission sources that




 release pollutants into the environment from well defined points.  These emis-




 sion points  are represented by stacks and ducts emitting air pollutants; and




 pipes, culverts, and channels discharging water pollutants.  Until recently




 little attention has been given to fugitive emissions, or emissions that enter




 the environment through other, ill-defined routes.




      This brings up the question of terminology.  It is easier to say what




 fugitive  emissions are not then what they are.  The term "fugitive" is not




 descriptive.   It implies pollutants that have escaped and must be captured,




 brought to justice, and incarcerated.  But in considering fugitive air pollu-




 tants that have already escaped from a roof monitor or an outdoor material




 handling  pile  or fugitive water pollutants that have already entered a natural




 stream or the  ground water, it is out of the question technologically and eco-




 nomically to attempt capturing and controlling them at this point in their




 escape route.  There are countless types of fugitive emissions and all of us




 could provide  many examples related to type of pollutant, mechanism of release,




 and behavior in the environment.  When we consider this class of emissions we




 immediately recognize that each is extremely source and site specific and the




 assessment and control of such emissions must recognize these fundamental




 factors.   While I do not advocate a change in the title of this  conference,




nor will  I stop using the term "fugitive emission", I believe that we could




come up with a more descriptive term for the type of pollutant emission we




will be discussing.  At the moment I would vote for "non-point source emissions",




a term currently used by the water pollution control people.




     The strategies for control efforts on point sources have been based upon

-------
a logical progession starting with quantifying the deleterious effects of

pollutants on human health and ecological systems,  followed by prioritization

of sources to be controlled based upon the quantities of important pollutants

released.  The programs for point source control are well advanced, largely

because such releases are already or have traditionally been released from

well defined conduits and uncontrolled emissions from these points often repre-

sent the largest potential emission from a process.  Furthermore, such emissions

can be accurately measured using well established techniques.

     In spite of this emphasis on point source control, EPA and the industrial

community have long recognized that fugitive emissions from certain types of

processes can be important contributors to environmental degredation.  Many

obvious fugitive sources have already received considerable attention and con-

trol efforts have been implemented or initiated; for example,  fugitive air

emissions from coke ovens, and non-point source emissions from abandoned coal

mines in the form of acid mine drainage.  As point sources are controlled more

stringently, fugitive emissions (even those that are not now obvious) will be-

come increasingly important in determining environmental quality.  The princi-

pal deterrents to the control of fugitive emissions have been essentially in

two areas:

          1.  Difficulties in measuring fugitive emission rates and
              thereby assessing their impact on the environment.

          2.  The generally high costs of controlling such emissions
              by consolidating them through process modification or
              capturing them for removal in emission control systems.


2.0  IMPORTANCE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

     How important are fugitive emissions?  Those living adjacent  to an active

coal storage area on a windy day might tell you that the living  conditions  are

intolerable.  Ecologists concerned about eutrophication of small lakes in rural

-------
 areas will  tell you that fugitive or non-point sources of nutrients are the




 culprits.   On  the other hand, an industrialist faced with controlling fine




 particulate emissions leaking from furnace buildings might tend to look at




 these  fugitive emissions as only an aesthetic problem.  This is perhaps under-




 standable since he might have already spent several million dollars in enclos-




 ing furnaces and installing air pollution control systems and the leakage,




 which he considers unavoidable based upon present control technology, is




 thought  to  be  a small part of the problem.




     In  view of the tendency for many fugitive emissions to take on an element




 of emotionalism there is a need to develop some perspective about their rela-




 tive importance.  First of all, it is difficult to generalize.  As stated




 earlier, each  fugitive emission problem is different and tends to be quite




 site specific.  One aspect that makes air fugitive emissions especially impor-




 tant is  the tendency for such emissions to be emitted over a broad frontal




 area and at ground level.  This means that fence line effects tend to be sig-




 nificant over  much of the plant's perimeter.  Furthermore, except for large




 particles which settle out rapidly as they move away from the source, concen-




 trations of fugitive emissions do not fall as rapidly with distance as do




 emissions from tall stacks.  In general, ground level concentrations of pollu-




 tants from  tall stacks decrease with the square of the distance from the source




 since such  emissions are able to disperse both vertically and laterally.  On




 the  other hand, ground level concentrations of pollutants emitted from low-




 level fugitive sources covering a broad frontal area tend to be related  to




 the  first power of distance from the source.  This results from the  inability




of the  plume to disperse downward and the lack of significant dilution later-




 ally because of the breadth of the plume.




     In short,  fugitive emissions as a class are important but their relative




importance  in specific situations depends upon a variety of factors.
                                     -6-

-------
3.0  SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

     While fugitive emissions are site specific,  there are certain types of

situations that provide maximum potential for their release.


          1.  Open Operations

              Such operations as mining,  quarrying, outdoor materials
              handling, and coke making produce fugitive air  emissions
              containing both particulates and gaseous pollutants.
              Fugitive water emissions also emanate from such opera-
              tions, for example, acid mine drainage from coal mining,
              and surface runoff from all such outdoor operations.

          2.  Leaks and japills

              Leaky piping, pump and valve glands,  and loss of material
              from spills are important sources of  fugitive air and
              water emissions.  Gases and high vapor pressure liquids
              that leak to the atmosphere are sources of air  fugitive
              emissions.  Liquids leaking to the  ground are capable of
              finding their way into surface and ground waters.

          3«  Storage and Disposal of Materials and Wastes

              Material storage piles (both worked and quiescent)  and
              dried sludge beds are sources of atmospheric particulate
              matter.  Sludge disposal beds are sources of contaminated
              runoff and can also degrade ground water.  Disposal ponds
              containing volatile materials are sources of fugitive air
              emissions.

          4.  Incompletely Controlled Point Sources

              While a control device may adequately control the basic
              process emissions from a source, certain operating con-
              ditions, which may be planned or unplanned, create emis-
              sions that the control system cannot  adequately handle.
              In the case of air pollutants an example would  be an
              electric steel furnace whose basic emissions are control-
              led by hooding or furnace evacuation  followed by a high
              efficiency bag house, but during charging and tapping
              the fumes are not captured and they escape through the
              roof monitor.  An example in the water area would be an
              aeration or stabilization lagoon that releases  fugitive
              water pollutants during heavy rains when the capacity of
              the system is exceeded.

          5.  Poor Housekeeping

              Accumulations of materials that are  likely  to be
              carried into the environment by the winds or rain water
              are important sources of fugitive emissions.  In render-
              ing plants the accumulation of putrescible materials  is
              a significant source of fugitive odors.
                                     -7-

-------
      In some industrial  processes examples can be found for many of these

 categories of sources.   Figure 1 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a

 typical iron foundry.  Even  this relatively simple operation has many sources

 of fugitive air emissions.   As part of an EPA study, TRC identified a group

 of industrial processes  that have significant potential for fugitive air

 emissions.  These are  shown  in Table 1.


 4.0  METHODS OF MEASUREMENT

      A very simple method for categorizing fugitive emissions is by means

 of the feasible methods  of measuring them.   In our work for EPA we have

 evolved three basic approaches to the measurement of atmospheric fugitive

 emissions.  These will be discussed in greater detail by Hank Kolnsberg.

 4.1  Quasi-Stack

      In this method the  fugitive emission is temporarily hooded or encapsulated

 and a temporary duct or  stack and fan is installed on the duct to permit sam-

 pling by means of standard stack or duct sampling methods.

      As an illustration  of how the quasi-stack method is used to assess fugi-

 tive emissions,  we present Figure 2 from a TRC study.  This test configuration

 was set up in a ship building establishment to assess welding emissions. There

 were three basic objectives  of the study:


           1.   Determine  indoor concentrations of important particulate
               and gaseous  releases.

           2.   Utilize  the  data to design a ventilation system.

           3.   Assess impact  of fugitive and process emissions on  the
               surroundings.


     Emission  factors  for  each of 10 welding configurations were  developed in

 terms of weight  rate of  pollutant (particulates, metals,  pollutant  gases)  per

 pound of a welding  rod.  The reproducibility of results  from  duplicate samples

was excellent  and since  the  plant maintained accurate records on  amount and
                                   -8-

-------
i
vo
i
     Binder
             SAND
         PREPARATION
                                                     i.' Gas and
                                                      I" particulate
                                                     ,f emissions
                                                                                                    Dust
                                                                                                              FINISHING
                                                                                                                 AND
                                                                                                               SHIPPING
                          CASTING
                         SHAKEOUT
                                                                                                Core sand
                                                                                                and binder
Cores vC    f-
                                                                                                   COOLING AND
                                                                                                    CLEANING
                                                                  CORE
                                                                MAKING
                                    Figure 1.   Iron foundry process flow; sources of emissions.

-------
          Table I.    Classification of Industries  With  High
                      Potential for Fugitive Emissions
 Category
 Metallurgical
 Industry/Pro cess
 Primary Aluminum
 Primary Copper
 Steel Making
 Iron & Steel Foundries
 Coke Making
Major Fugitive Emissions
Fume,Fluorides, PNA*
Fume, S02, Dust
Fume, Kish, CO,Odors
Fume, Odors
Smoke & Fume, Hydrocarbon
Gases & Vapors, Odors,
CO, PNA
 Fjiergy/Fuels
 Coal Mining & Processing
 Coal Gasification

 Char-Oil-Gas

 Shale Oil

 Petroleum Refining

 Oil  Production
Dust
Hydrocarbons, Smoke  &
Fumes, CO, PNA
Hydrocarbon Gases &
Vapors, CO, PNA
Fumes & Dust, Hydrocarbon
Gases & Vapors, CO,  PNA
Hydrocarbon Gases &
Vapors, Odors, PNA
Hydrocarbon Gases &
Vapors, Odors
 Chemical  Products  Plastics
                   Tire & Rubber
                              Hydrocarbon Gases  &
                              Vapors, Odors
                              Hydrocarbon Gases  &
                              Vapors, Odors
Rock Products
Phosphate Fertilizer
Lime
Sand & Gravel
Asphalt Batching
Dust, Fluorides, S02
Dust
Dust
Dust, Odors, PNA
Other
Agricultural Operations
*PNA - Polynuclear Aromatics
Dust
                                  -10-

-------
Existing welding booth in
welder training school
                                                                       Opacity
                                                                       Meter
Light source-
               ,To
               (.pump
                         Photocell
                                 Particulate
                                 filter
                      Inclined
                      draft
                      gage
                                                                                                 To
                                                                                               blower
        3 l/.  ID smooth walled
             aluminum tube,
             10' long
                       Figure 2.   Schematic  diagram of  test configuration for field
                                  measurements of welding  emissions.

-------
  type  of welding rod used, we were able to  provide an accurate estimate



  (probably ± 25%) of plant emissions.   Furthermore, we were able to assess the




  impact of changes in the quantity and  mix  of welding types.  This approach,




  using the quasi-stack method and computing emissions, was considered to be far




  more  accurate and cost-effective than  sampling  in the building openings.  By




  application of this method,  we were able to place the impact of fugitive emis-




  sions on the outdoor atmosphere in perspective  as compared with the effect of




  the emissions on the indoor environment.




      Another advantage of the quasi-stack  method is that it often can provide




  data on the design of a control system, since sources of this type are most




  often controlled by installing hoods,  ducts, control systems and fans.




  4.2  Roof Monitor




      The term "roof monitor" denotes the generalized situation where there are




 open sources inside of a building and  the  fugitive emissions are to be measured




 at building openings,  including the roof monitor, windows and doors, and venti-




 lation openings.   This method is applied when sources inside the building are




 too numerous,  too  large,  or  too inaccessible to permit the use of the quasi-




 stack  method.   This  method tends to be less accurate than the quasi-stack




 method since it is necessary to produce an accurate air and material balance




 on  all building openings.  Since we will be hearing about an example of a




 roof monitor measuring  program  and  since Hank Kolnsberg will be giving further




 details on our methods  development  program, I will not discuss this method




 further.




 4.3  Upwin d-Downwind




     This term describes  the  general approach of sampling a  fugitive emission




 in the free atmosphere.   The  most  common application is that of  sampling simul-




 taneously upwind and downwind of sources of fugitive emissions and  using the




difference in sampling  values as an indication  of source contribution.   This
                                    -12-

-------
generalized method would also encompass sampling directly in free plumes.

We will hear more about this aspect from Bob Jacko.

     The application of the upwind-downwind method is not straightforward and

carrying out such measurements and interpreting the data must be done with

great care.  In general, a pair of simple measurements at ground level upwind

and downwind of a fugitive source will indicate at best only that there is a

source between the sampling sites.  It will not provide even an estimate of

emission levels.

     The sophisticated route is to utilize three-dimensional sampling and wind

flux arrays upwind and downwind of the source.  A good cost-effective compro-

mise using ground level monitors can be used but it requires supplementary

data gathering efforts including

          1.  Accurate emission inventories for point sources.

          2.  Detailed knowledge of the chemical and physical
              properties of point and fugitive emissions and
              the collected pollutants.

          3.  Mathematical models that take into consideration
              the decay, deposition or reaction of emitted
              pollutants.

          4.  Tracer studies to calibrate the models.

     Table II shows the results of a study that pieces together from the above

elements an assessment of the relative contribution of fugitive and point source

emissions of a mineral based operation in relation to background particulate

levels.  Such an analysis puts the problem of plant fugitive emissions in per-

spective, and, in this case, the results of the study showed that control of

fugitive emissions was a more cost-effective method of air quality control than

further control of point sources.
                                    -13-

-------
            Table II.   Distribution of Particulate Matter  from Process Emissions
                       and Fugitive Dust at Several Downwind Sampling Points
Distance from Edge of Plant Property, mi
Process Contribution1 pg/m3
Plant Fugitive Dust2 vg/m3
Background, yg/n3
TOTAL yg/m
0
126 (37%)
170 (49%)
493(14%)
345
0.8
26 (18%)
40 (27%)
80'4(55%)
146
1.4
12 (10%)
23 (20%)
80 "(70%)
115
4.8
1.6 (2%)
2.4 (3%)
70 (95%)
74
'•Based on source inventory  and  diffusion  modelling.

Calculated by difference.

3Based on upwind-downwind sampling  at  plant.

4Based on data for winds other  than from  direction of plant.

5Air quality data for downwind  periods.

-------
5.0  CONCLUSIONS




     Fugitive emissions are a complex and challenging category of sources that




have important impact on the environment.  Their nature and relative importance




are exceedingly site specific and reliable methods of measuring such emissions




are the key to putting their relative importance into perspective.  Control




measures are closely related to the processes generating the fugitive emissions




and are likewise site specific.  Since fugitive emission control can be costly,




there is a great need for measurements for assessing the importance of the emis-




sions and the effectiveness of control systems.
                                    -15-

-------
          REGULATORY ASPECTS OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
                        Gary McCutchen
         Emission Standards and Engineering Division
               Environmental Protection Agency
                  Research Triangle Park, NC
                         May 17, 1976
     In a June 1974 letter to Oregon's Department of Environmental
Quality concerning emission standards, the Asphalt Pavement Assoc-
iation of Oregon concluded with this statement:  "If God wanted
perfectly clean air he would have made the earth out of asphalt
not dirt and he would not have created fire."
     There are a few problems with this concept, but the writer
does have a point.  Where there's fire, there's smoke; and where
there's dirt, there's dust.  Windblown dust can comprise as much
as 90 percent of total ambient particulate concentrations, ^
agricultural open burning is by far the largest stationary source
of both particulate and hydrocarbon emissions out of 200 source
                                       (2\
categories evaluated in a recent study,  ' and industrial fugi-
tive emissions may in many cases exceed controlled stack emissions
from the process.  What, then, are fugitive emissions, how much
of a problem do they represent, and what are EPA and other agencies
doing to regulate them?
     To begin with, it is necessary to define what is meant by the
term fugitive emissions.  Probably the most widely used definition
is that they consist of air pollution emissions which have not pass-
ed through a stack or duct.  The distinction is a fine one, since
S0£ from a culm pile is considered fugitive, while S02 passing un-
controlled through an electrostatic precipitator is not.  Li His
                             -17-

-------
 and  Young^ define two separate problems:  industrial fugitive
 emissions  (gaseous and particulate emissions that result from
 industrial  related operations such as metallurgical furnaces
 and  materials  transfer and storage and which escape to the atmos-
 phere through  windows, doors vents, etc.) and fugitive dust emis-
 sions (dust storms and windblown particulate from unpaved roads,
 tilled land, etc.).   In discussing regulatory aspects, it is con-
 venient to further define fugitive emissions on the basis of con-
 trollability,  as:
      1.  Confined - fugitive emissions which were initially contain-
 ed in a duct,  hood, building, or other facility, but which escape
 to the atmosphere without passing through a control device or stack,
 and
      2.  Confinable - fugitive emissions from storage piles, open
 conveyor belts, material transfer operations and other sources, such
 as coke  ovens, which escape directly to the atmosphere, but for which
 confinement or other control measures are possible.
      Fugitive  dust emissions constitute a third category, unconfinable,
 since  they  originate from large tracts of tilled farm land, dust storms,
 active volcanos, and other sources for which control measures are  usually
 unavailable, unjustifiable, or too costly.  There is some overlap  in
 these categories.   Paving dirt roads, for example, may be feasible in
 one area and unjustifiable in another, so unpaved roads may or may not
 be considered "unconfinable."  In the context of this paper, the term
fugitive emissions has the same definition used by Lillis and Young
and refers  to the  first two of the three controllability  categories:
                             --18-

-------
confined and con-finable emissions.
The Problem
     Fugitive emissions constitute an increasingly important problem
in air pollution control strategy.  Limited but persuasive data im-
plicate fugitive emissions as a major proportion of total emissions,
especially where stack emissions are reasonably well controlled.
Fugitive emissions of particulate during electric arc furnace charg-
ing, for example, are estimated to be from five to fifty times well-
controlled stack emissions from the furnace on a pounds per ton basis,
and tests at a lead smelter measured three times as much lead per
hour emitted from fugitive sources as from the controlled stack emis-
sions.<3>
     Preliminary estimates indicate that 128 of the 247 Air Quality
Control Regions (AQCR's), 52 percent, are not expected to attain the
total suspended particulate (TSP) national ambient air quality stan-
dard (NAAQS) in 1976: ' Additional control of stack emissions will
be adequate for some, but not all, AQCR's.  Assume that fugitive
emissions from a process equal two percent of total uncontrolled
emissions from that operation; if the captured emissions are treated
with a 98 percent efficient control device, then the amount of fugi-
tive emissions equals stack emissions.  Also, the fugitive emissions
would likely have a greater local effect on ambient air pollutant
concentrations since they generally are emitted nearer ground level
with less vertical velocity than are stack emissions.  Ambient air
measurements at a coke oven plant, for example, indicate that emissions
from this facility increase downwind TSP levels by 200 yg/m3 half  a
                             -19-

-------
                                                   (8)
 mile from the facility  and  by  TOO yg/m3 a mile away.

      The impact of fugitive emissions on air quality over a large

 area has recently  been  estimated.  Over 30 percent of all industrial-
                                                      (5)
 ized urban monitoring sites analyzed in a recent study    are in-

 fluenced by particulate fugitive emissions; they average on an annual

 basis 25 yg/m3 TSP higher than the other industrial sites.  Fugitive

 emissions in heavily industrialized cities are tentatively estimated

 to increase annual  citywide ambient TSP levels by roughly 10 v»g/m3.

 These results are  from  20 sites in five cities.

      Many sources  of hydrocarbon emissions are essentially fugitive

 emission sources.   The  magnitude of these emissions is difficult to

 determine, but the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards  (OAQPS)

 has a task force studying the  problem and establishing model regula-

 tions.   Oxidants,  for which hydrocarbons are precursors, are the se-

 cond most serious  nonattainment problem (Table 1).



 Regulation Under SIP

      During the development of SIPs, states quantified emissions from

 all  sources using  the best  information available to them.  Few fugi-

 tive emission sources were  specified in these plans, primarily due  to

 the  magnitude of stack  emissions from poorly controlled  sources  and

 the  lack  of even rough  emission estimates for most fugitive emission

 sources.   Even  such general regulations as process weight curves are
                                                                       /
 usually applied  only to stacks, not total emissions.  This probably

 is a direct  reflection  of the  extreme costs, difficulties, and  un-

 certainties  involved in testing most fugitive emission sources.  No

widely accepted  test methods exist, and testing wasn't even being

 attempted on most of these  sources until very recently.
                             -20-

-------
     Many agencies did, however, utilize general regulations to address
the fugitive emissions problem.  An analysis of all  50 state and 26 major
local  gency regulations showed that 63 percent require that reasonable
precautions be taken to prevent fugitive emissions;  5 percent have  nuisance
provisions; 14 percent limit property line concentration, particle  size.,
or fallout' 11 percent regulate specific sources; and 7 percent have no
fugitive emission regulations/ '  Compliance is a matter of following
equipment specifications and approved operating procedures, meeting a
visible emission limitation, or meeting an ambient air property line fall-
out or concentration requirement (Table 2).
     A year-long revision of SIPs, in areas where a  need for revisions is
indicated, begins July 1976.  The initial SIPs, as Figure 1 indicates, when
fully implemented will do a remarkable job of reducing process  emissions.
Particulate emissions shown are those projected for  1985.  The  top  line
represents uncontrolled emissions; the next delineates emissions with present
(1975) SIP requirements; the third represents a combination of  1975 SIPs
and best control of all post-1975 sources; the final line is a  lower limit
representing zero emissions from all  post-1975 capacity.  This  1985 profile
shows that SIPs provide the major impact on particulate process emissions
(including combustion).  Many of the SIP revisions in non-attainment areas,
therefore, are expected to concern fugitive emissions.
     Several EPA projects are underway to assist states in this effort.
One is a report on the best estimates of both fugitive and stack emissions
from all iron and steel mill operations, including windblown dust from
storage piles.  These factors are being formulated by a joint EPA-AISI
                                      -21-

-------
  task force formed in January 1976 to determine  whether  fugitive emissions
  are, as has been claimed by industry, essentially  "cosmetic."  Finalized
  factors are expected in mid-1976, but longer-range  task  force projects  include
  acceptable fugitive emission test methods,  tests of specific fugitive
  emission sources (at least partially through  existing EPA-ORD contract
  studies), and dispersion modeling a medium  size well-controlled integrated
  steel mill to determine ambient air impact.
      Guidance on other sources is expected  in an EPA report due January 1977
 which will summarize all existing fugitive  emission  information for the states'
 use.  A similar study on fugitive dust is expected  in July 1976.  The reports
 will include model  regulations.   The present  control strategy recommended
 by EPA is an equipment standard which uses  visible  emissions as an enforcement
 tool.'1)

 Regulation Under NSPS  and  NESHAPS
      New Source  Performance  Standards  (NSPS)  are applicable to new or
 modified stationary  sources  under Section 111 of the Clean Air Act (CAA),
 and  have been directed  principally  at  stack emissions.   Figure 2, which
 is drawn  by expanding the  Figure  1  ordinate,  permits an  evaluation of the
 impact of NSPS on total  1985 particulate emissions.  As  Figure 2 shows, the
 impact - with the exception of the  power plant  standard  - is hardly noticable
 in terms of national emissions.   This  is at least partially due to the  strin-
 gent SIPs, which lessen the impact  of  an NSPS representing best control.
     For other criteria pollutants, NSPS impact is much  more dramatic,
 and present policy emphasizes a need for hydrocarbon and nitrogen oxide
NSPS, a decision  supported by growing  concern over widespread non-attainment
                                     -22-

-------
of the oxidant NAAQS, an anticipated rapid growth in nitrogen oxide
emissions, and a growing realization that both of these pollutants
represent difficult control technology/enforcement problems.
     Increasing interest in and information on fugitive emissions
has refocused attention on particulate sources and will affect
NSPS priorities.  It  will  also intensify efforts to establish
NSPS for total source emissions, both stack and fugitive.
Promulgated NSPS have usually included at least a visible emission
limitation applicable to both fugitive and stack emissions.   A few
have actually established mass limitations, such as the fluoride emission
NSPS for primary aluminum production, which applies to both stack and
roof monitor emissions and specifies test methods for both emission
points.  One serious limitation to NSPS for fugitive emissions is the
lack of specific authority to promulgate equipment standards.  In certain
cases, such standards would be by far the most efficacious from the view-
point of both industry and control agencies.
     Addressing fugitive emissions more directly than do NSPS, national
emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAPS) under Section
112 of the CAA  require installation of control equipment with specific
performance characteristics and/or require implementation of certain
operating and maintenance practices.  The asbestos NESHAPS, for example,
specifies control equipment parameters and mandates how asbestos tailings
piles are to be operated.  The regulation also requires fencing (or
natural barriers) and even describes warning signs to be posted.  The
mercury and beryllium NESHAPS utilize similar approaches.
                                   -23-

-------
 Enforcement
      EPA's Division of Stationary Source  Enforcement  (DSSE)  has  identified
 fugitive emissions as a major compliance  issue,  arid has  initiated projects
 to quantify total emissions from such  difficult-to-measure sources as
 coke oven battery coke-side leaks and  pushing emissions^   and quench
 tower emissions/8'  These and other studies planned  or  underway in EPA's
 Office of Research and Development and other groups will help quantify
 the seriousness of fugitive emissions  from many  sources.  Fugitive emission
 sources in the 128 AQCRs where ambient TSP standards  are not being attained
 are of special concern to DSSE.   Labeling these  emissions as too difficult
 to assess, insignificant, or cosmetic  is insufficient; efforts to control
 fugitive emissions will,  in nearly  all cases, be expected.
      Until  much less  elaborate  and  costly test methodology is available,
 opacity will  remain the  primary  fugitive emission enforcement too!.
 Opacity tests  (such as the  NSPS  Method 9) have been upheld in court liti-
 gation,  give nearly instantaneous  results, require only one or two qualified
 observers,  and  eliminate  the  need  for  test equipment  and laboratory analysis.
 Use of  visible  emission standards  is by far the most  practical enforcement
 approach in terms of minimizing  both control agency and  industry testing
 resources.
     It is surprising, then, that court action continues against SIP
 visible emission standards and that a recently proposed CAA  amendment^9'
would preclude EPA enforcement of such SIP regulations.  The alternative,
for emission sources,  is much worse:  EPA under  Section  114  of the CAA
can, among other things,  require an owner or operator to sample  emissions
                                   -24-

-------
(as prescribed by EPA) and install, use, and maintain monitoring equipment
to determine whether a source is in violation of Section 110, 111,  or
112 standards (or even to aid in developing such standards).   Such  require-
ments have to date been minimal only because visible emission regulations
provided an equivalent, less costly, alternative.

Summary
     In conclusion, EPA's regulatory offices are becoming increasingly
concerned about fugitive emissions and their impact on ambient air  pollutant
concentrations.  Quantification and regulation of these emissions will
likely constitute a major EPA effort during the next five years. The most
practical approach appears to consist of equipment standards  enforced
by visual observation; present sampling technology is too difficult and
costly as long as opacity regulations remain a viable option.
                                    -25-

-------
 TABLE 1.   PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF NUMBER AND PERCENT OF

             AQCR's  WHICH MAY NOT ATTAIN NAAQS IN 1976(4)
Pollutant                          Number      Percent
   •

   TSP                               128          52


   S02                                27          11


   CO                                 48          19


   Ox                                 65          26


   NOX                                13           5
                              -26-

-------
FIGURE 1.   Projected 1985 Participate  Emissions Under Various
              Control Strategies
                                                               (2,6)
    (O
    (U
    c
    o
    10
    c
    o
   in
   oo
   CTi
   c
   o
   •^
   IA
   fa

   *3
   o
   (U
   X)
   o
150-



140



130



120



.110



100



 90



 80



 70



 60



 50



 40



 30



 20



 10



 0
                /       /  / State Standards Only
                     Best  19J_5 Technojpgy vQn_AlJ...Ppst-1975 So.urces, _
                    r -----•--«,-•   ~*."~"   ^s.   ~~\   '"•v   ~    .       •           T
                        Zero Emissions From All  Post-1975 Sources
                                   j_
                                   8     10     12

                                 Number of NSPS
                                               14    16    1R     20
                                  -27-

-------
     FIGURE 2.  Estimated Impact of  NSPS Over  a  Ten-Year Period
                   on  1985 National Participate Process Emissions
                                                                    (2,6)
(O
o>
t/i
c
o
c
o
s:
ur>
CO
01
c
o
in
l/l
01
+J
(O

*3
O
O.
C
O
30


28


26


24


22


20


18


16


14


12


10


 8


 6


 4


 2


 0
                                               State Standards Only
                                                       o--o-
Best  1975  Technoloqy  On All Post-1975 Sources
          \ N
       \
                   \\v
                 Zero Emissions  From All Post-1975 Sources
     1.
     2.
     3.
     4.
     5.
     6.
     7.
     8.
     9.
    10.
    11.
    12.
    13.
    14.
    15.
    16.
    17.
    18.
    19.
    20.
Steam Generators (>250 MM Btu/hr)
Municipal  Incinerators               '
Portland Cement Plants
Asphalt Batch Plants
Petroleum Refineries - FCCU
Secondary Lead Smelters
Secondary Brass and Bronze
Iron and Steel, Basic Oxygen Furnaces
Sludae Incinerators
Primary Copper Smelters
Primary Zinc Smelters
Primary Lead Smelters
Coal Cleaning Plants
Iron and Steel:  Electric Arc Furnaces
Ferroalloy Production
Kraft Pulp Mills
Coke Ovens
Grain Terminals
Boilers (Coal and Refuse)
Phosphate Rock Preparation
                                   10     12    14     16
                                                                  18    20
                            Number of Standards
                                         -28-

-------
      TABLE 2.   PROPERTY LINE STANDARDS
                                        (.5)
Jurisdiction
                               Standards
Hawai i

Kansas
Texas

Omaha
Missouri
Mississippi
Nevada
Illinois
Cleveland
150 yg/m3, above upwind concentration,  12-hour  average
3.0 g/m2, fallout above upwind concentration, 14 day period
2.0 mg/m3, above background concentration,  60 minute average
100 yg/m3, 5-hour average
200 yg/m3, 3-hour average
400 yg/m3, 1-hour average
500 yg/m3, 60 minute average
80 yg/m3, 6 month geometric mean
200 yg/m3, 2-hour arithmetic mean
0.4 coh/1000 linear feet soiling  index,  6 month geometric mean
1.0 coh/1000 linear feet soiling  index,  8-hour  arithmetic mean
>40 ym prohibited
5.25 g/m2, fallout above background
2 tons/mi2, 24-hour period
>40 ym prohibited
500 yg/m2, 60-minute average
                                       -29-

-------
                               REFERENCES


 1.   Lillis,  E.J.,  and  D. Young, "EPA Looks at  'Fugitive Emissions,1"  JAPCA,
 25:   1015  (1975).

 2.   T.G. Hopper  and  W.A. Marrone, "Impact of New Source Performance Standards
 on  1985  National Emissions  from Stationary Sources."  [Report prepared for
 LPA  under  Contract 68-02-1382, by the Research Corporation (TRC) of New
 England, 125  Silas Dean Highway, Wethersfield, Conn.  06109, Oct. 1975.]
 This study includes  1400 pages of detailed referenced calculation sheets
 yielding information on growth and obsolescence rates, emission levels, and
 production t'rends  and  capacities.

 3.   Fugitive  emission  results were from PEDCo's Silver Valley /Bunker Hill Smelter
 Environmental  Investigation for EPA's Region X, (Febr. 1975).  Stack test results
 were from  a telephone  conversation with Mark Hooper, Region X, EPA.

 4.   Conversation with  Henry C. Thomas, Control Programs Development Division,
 Office of  Air Quality  Planning and Standards, Environmental Protection Agency,
 May  6, 1976.

 5.   From information supplied by Tom G.  Pace, Control Programs Operations Branch,
 Control Programs Development Division, OAQPS, EPA.   These data are from a study
 being conducted for EPA by GCA Technology Division:  National Assessment of the
 Parti on ate Problem, Draft Final  Report, April 1976.

 6.   ."Priorities and Procedures for the Development  of Standards of Performance
 for  New Stationary Sources of Atmospheric Emissions," report prepared under
 contract by Argonne National Laboratory, EPA Contract No.  EPA-IAG-D4-0463,
 Project No. 2,'April  1975.

 7.  Telephone conversation with Louis Paley, DSSE,  EPA, May 5, 1976.

 8.  Conversation  with Carl  Edlund, DSSE, EPA, February 3,  1976.

9.  Amendment No.  1597, proposed  by Senator Randolph to S.3219, April 13, 1976.
                                      -30-

-------
   Session II:

   MEASUREMENT

 James A. Dorsey
Session Chairman
      -31-

-------
A GUIDELINE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF AIR-BORNE

 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS FROM INDUSTRIAL SOURCES
             Henry J. Kolnsberg

TRC - The Research Corporation of New England
           125 Silas Deane Highway
           Wethersfield, CT  06109
        Presented at the Symposium on
 Fugitive Emissions:  Measurement and Control
                Sponsored by
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
        Environmental Protection Agency
    Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
                  May 1976
                  -33-

-------
ABSTRACT:









     The paper presents a guide for the selection of the most




effective program for the measurement of air-borne fugitive




emissions from an industrial source.




     The quasi-stack, roof monitor and upwind-downwind




techniques presently utilized for sampling a wide variety of




air-borne pollutants are described.




     General criteria for the selection of the most effective




sampling program, relative to characteristics of the site,




process and emissions are discussed.




     Baseline estimates of manpower, time and cost require-




ments for typical measurement programs for each technique are




provided.
                        -34-

-------
1.0  INTRODUCTION




     The term "fugitive emissions" may be applied to any gaseous or




particulate pollutant entering the ambient atmosphere without first




passing through a stack, duct or other device designed to direct or




control its flow.




     Industrial fugitive emission sources are, in general, complex com-




binations of a process or operation and a physical location or arrange-




ment, and are so varied as to make each source essentially unique.  All




fugitive emission sources share one common characteristic in that stan-




dard measurement techniques such as stack sampling are useless for




determining the amount or nature of pollutant materials being transmitted




into the surrounding atmosphere.




     This paper describes the three methods recognized as effective mea-




surement techniques for identifying and quantifying pollutants from almost




any industrial source.  The methods, identified by their basic sampling




schemes, are the quasi-stack, roof monitor, and upwind-downwind techniques..




General criteria for consideration in the selection of the most effective




technique relative to characteristics of the process, its site, and its




emissions are presented.   Baseline estimates of manpower requirements




and costs for the performance of typical measurement programs for each




method are included.









2.0  MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES




     Measurements of air borne industrial fugitive emissions may be made




at the source, before the pollutants begin to diffuse into the ambient




air; 4in the air immediately surrounding the source, where the diffusion




is limited to a relatively small volume of air; or in the ambient air,
                                 -35-

-------
 where the diffusion is essentially complete.   The  respective  measurement




 methods are the quasi-stack,  roof monitor,  and upwind-downwind sampling




 techniques.  Each is described in general terms below.








 2.1  Quasi-Stack Sampling Technique




      This technique captures  the emissions  at  their  source  in a tempor-




 arily installed hood and transmits them,  by means  of an exhaust blower,




 through a duct of regular cross-sectional area where standard sampling




 techniques are employed to measure the  emission concentration and the




 flow rate of the emission carrying air  stream.   (A simplified sampling




 system is shown in Figure 2-1).   The  source strength of any pollutant




 or combination of pollutants  may then be  determined  as  the  product of




 these two measured values.




      The quasi-stack method is  the most accurate of  the air borne fugi-




 tive emissions sampling methods  in that it  captures  virtually all of the




 emissions from a given source and,  as a result  of  careful system design,




 conveys  them to their measurement locations with a minimum  of dilution




 by transport air.   It is  also the least applicable of the methods since




 its  use  must necessarily  be restricted  to those sources of  emissions that




 can  be physically  and operationally isolated and are arranged to permit




 the  installation of  the  capture  and measurement system  in a manner that




will not  interfere with normal plant  operations or alter the  character




of the emissions or  their generating  process.









2.2  Roof Monitor Sampling  Technique




     This technique  is used to sample the emissions  from processes or




operations taking place within buildings  with  a small number  of openings
                                -36-

-------
                                                    Measurement
                  Hood
                                                                            Exhaust
                                                                              I

                                                                           Y~7
/

Air flow
pitot
~| duct
T '
Particle
cfimnlar
T Gas
sampler g
a
                                                                  I
                                                                    Control
                                                                    valve
                                                                Bypass
                                                                              Blower
                  Source
Figure 2-1:  Simplified Quasi-Stack Sampling System

-------
 to  the  ambient atmosphere.  Such a structure acts as a large hood,




 confining  the emissions to a finite volume of air before transmitting




 them through one of its openings, such as a roof monitor, an exhaust




 fan, or a  door or window, to the outside air.




      Samples are taken at the opening to determine the concentration of




 the emissions in the  transport air flowing to the ambient atmosphere,




 and the flow rate through the opening is measured.  (A simplified sampl-




 ing arrangement is shown in Figure 2-2).  The combined source strengths




 of  all  the sources then producing emissions inside the enclosure is then




 determined as the product of the measured concentration and flow.




      The roof monitor method is not as accurate as the quasi-stack method




 since a significant portion of the emissions may escape through other




 openings before reaching the measurement point and since a much higher




 degree  of  dilution with transport air occurs before measurement.  It is




 a generally more applicable method in that it can usually be utilized to




 measure  any indoor source, either for the composite of all processes




 within a building, or for a specific combination of sources where processes




 or  operations may be selectively scheduled.




      The roof monitor method requires instrumentation and trained personnel




 capable of making measurements of usually very low air velocities through




 a relatively large opening and mass balances of very small quantitites  of




materials.   It usually does not interfere with operations or schedules




since the required equipment and measurement activities are set up  and




conducted away from the production floor.









2.3   Upwind-Downwind Sampling Technique




     This technique  is used to determine the emissions generation rate
                                -38-

-------
                           Togas
                           analyzers
                                        Detail A
                                                      Gaseous emission ,
                                                      sample line
                                                                        Hi-Vol
                                                                 line
                                                                               Detail B
Figure  2-2:   Roof  Monitor Sampling System

-------
 of sources that cannot be effectively hooded  for  the  quasi-stack tech-




 nique and are not enclosed in a structure  permitting  the  application of




 the roof monitor technique.   The emission  concentration is  determined




 in samples taken from the ambient air approaching (upwind)  and  leaving




 (downwind) the industrial site.   The  site  contribution  at the upwind




 location is calculated as the upwind  concentration minus  the downwind




 concentration.  This contribution is  then  used  in proved  diffusion equa-




 tions, along with measured wind speed and  direction,  to back-calculate




 the source strength.



      The upwind-downwind method is the least  accurate of  the three methods




 described, owing to the very small portion of the emissions that are




 captured for measurement and the extreme degree of dilution in  the trans-




 porting ambient air.  It is  the most  universally  applicable method, capa-




 ble of identifying and quantifying emissions  from sources indoors or out,




 large or small, under any operating conditions  or schedules.  It is




 sensitive to adverse weather conditions, changes  in wind  direction and




 such other outside influences  as wet  or snow-covered  ground, extended




 dry periods and the like.




      The upwind-downwind method  can usually be  utilized without even




 considering its affect on plant  operations  or schedules since the entire




 operation is  so remote from  the  emissions  site.








 3.0  SAMPLING METHOD SELECTION




     The  selection  of  the most effective method for the measurement of




 fugitive  emissions  at  an  industrial site is influenced  by a number of




factors relative to  the emissions,  the  process  or operation involved,




and the source  location and  arrangement.   The degree  of influence of
                                 -40-

-------
 each of these factors in the large number of possible combinations of




 factors at any given site is so variable that no simple selection pro-




 cess can be developed to cover more than a few specific cases.   Each




 site must be considered as a unique situation and a selection made on




 the basis of the criteria uniquely or most rigorously affecting that



 site.









 3.1  Selection Criteria




      The general selection criteria described below are grouped into




 three classifications common to all air borne fugitive  emissions measure-




 ment methods,  providing representative examples  of the  influencing  fac-




 tors to be considered.   Other factors will present themselves at any




 specific site.   Some degree of judgment will be  required to determine  the




 relative importance any factor may carry.




      SITE CRITERIA - factors influenced by geometry,  physical layout




 and location of  the facility or source.




      Source Isolability - can the  emissions  be measured separately




 from other emissions?  Can the source be enclosed?




      Source Location -  is the source  indoors  or  out?  Does the  location




 permit  the installation of sampling equipment?




     Meteorological Conditions - what  are  typical  and critical  situations?




Will wind  or precipitation interfere with  measurements?  Will wet or snow-




covered  ground alter  emission rates or  characteristics?




     PROCESS CRITERIA -  factors influenced by the  nature and extent  of




the process  producing the emissions.




     Number and Size  of  Sources -  are emissions  from  a  single location




or many scattered locations?   Is a  single  source small  enough to hood?
                                 -41-

-------
      Homogeneity of Emissions  -  are  the emissions of  the same  character




 throughout the process?   Are reactive effects between emissions  involved?




      Process Continuity  - will emissions be produced  steadily  for  suffi-




 cient time to obtain measurable  samples?  Must sampling be performed




 over a number of process cycles?



      Measurement Effects -  are special procedures required to  prevent




 the making of measurements  from  altering the process  or interfering




 with production?




      POLLUTANT CRITERIA  - factors  influenced by the nature or  concen-




 tration of the emissions.




      Types of Emissions  - are  measurements of particulates, gases  or




 aerosols required?   Are  the emissions hazardous?




      Emission Generation Rate  -  is the rate of emission release  suffi-




 cient to provide measurable samples  in a reasonable time period?




      Emission Dilution - will  transport air reduce emission concentra-




 tions below detectable limits  before the sampling point?  Are  baseline




 measurements of  transport air  required to identify possible masking




 effects?








 3.2   Criteria Application




      The application of  the general  selection criteria described above




 to each of  the air borne  fugitive emissions sampling  methods is  described




briefly and  in general terms below.  In practice, the application  proce-




dure would be addressed to  the measurement of specific emissions at  a




specific site rather than to any measurement method.




     Quasi-Stack Method




     Effective use of the quasi-stack method requires that the source
                                 -42-

-------
of emissions be isolable and that an enclosure can be installed capable




of capturing emissions without interference with plant operations.  The




location of the source alone is not normally a factor.  Meteorological




conditions usually need be considered only if they directly affect the




sampling.




     The quasi-stack method is usually restricted to a single source




and must be limited to two or three small sources that can be effective-




ly enclosed to duct their total emissions to a single sampling point.




Cyclic processes should provide measurable pollutant quantities during




a single cycle to avoid sample dilution.  The possible effects of the




measurement on the process or emissions is of special significance in




this method.  In many cases, enclosing a portion of a process in order




to capture its emissions can alter that portion of the process by chang-




ing its temperature profile or affecting flow rates.  Emissions may be




similarly altered by reaction with components of the ambient air drawn




into the sampling ducts.  While these effects are not necessarily limit-




ing in the selection of the method, they must be considered in designing




the test program and could influence the method selection by increasing




complexity and costs.




     The quasi-stack method is useful for virtually all types of emis-




sions.  It will provide measurable samples in generally short sampling




times since it captures essentially all of the emissions.  Dilution of




the pollutants of concern is of little consequence since it can usually




be controlled in the design of the sampling system.




     Roof Monitor Method




     Practical utilization of the roof monitor method demands that the




source of emissions be enclosed in a structure with a limited number of
                                 -43-

-------
 openings to the atmosphere.   Measurements  may  usually be  made  only of




 the total of all emissions sources  within  the  structure.   Meteorological




 conditions normally need not be  considered in  selecting this method




 unless they have a direct effect on the  flow of  emissions through the




 enclosure opening.



      The number of sources and the  mixture of  emissions is relatively




 unimportant since the measurements  usually include  only the total emis-




 sions.  The processes involved may  be  discontinuous as long as a repre-




 sentative combination of the typical or  critical groupings may be in-




 cluded in a sampling.  Measurements will normally have no effect on the




 processes or emissions.




      The roof monitor method,  usually  dependent  on  or at  least influ-




 enced by gravity in the transmission of  emissions,  may not be  useful




 for the measurement of larger particulates which may settle within the




 enclosure being sampled.   Emission  generation  rates must  be high enough




 to provide pollutant concentrations of measurable magnitude after dilu-




 tion in the enclosed volume  of the  structure.




      Upwind-Downwind Method




      The upwind-downwind  method,  generally utilized where neither of




 the  other methods  may be  successfully  employed,  is  not influenced by




 the  number or  location of the  emission sources except as  they  influence




 the  locating of sampling  devices.   In  most cases, only the total con-




 tribution  to the ambient  atmosphere of all sources  within a sampling




 area may be measured.   The method is strongly  influenced  by meteorologi-




 cal conditions, requiring a wind  consistent in direction  and velocity




 throughout the sampling period as well as  conditions of temperature,




humidity, and ground moisture representative of  normal ambient conditions.
                                  -44-

-------
else identification and quantification of specific emission constituents

that a survey level system or similar reliable data indicates may be

present in concentrations of concern.  They utilize the latest state-of-

the-art measurement instrumentation and procedures in carefully designed

sampling programs to provide data accuracy of +10 to +100% of actual

emissions, often over a range of process operating or ambient meteorologi-

cal conditions.

     The differences in complexity of the two levels of sampling as

applied to the measurement of emissions from a foundry pouring opera-

tion are illustrated in Figure 4-1.



5.0  SAMPLING PROGRAMS COSTS AND TIME REQUIREMENTS

     In order to prepare estimates of manpower, cost and time require-

ments that will permit valid comparisons among the three measurement

methods for air borne fugitive emissions, it is necessary to first de-

fine a factor or characteristic common to all methods as a basis for

comparison.  The methodologies, techniques, and equipment requirements

are too diverse among the methods to provide that basis.  The most

significant common factor among the methods is one that is within

control of the test program designer, the overall accuracy of the measure-

ments made.  The accuracy is relatively easily manipulated over a generally

wide range by such means as instrument selection and test replication.

     In preparing the estimates presented in Table 5-1 for overall accura-

cies of +500%, 200%, 100% and 50% for both survey and detailed measurement

systems in each of the three methods, the following assumptions were made:

     o  Site accessibility equal for all programs.

     o  Emission source accessibility and isolability as required
        for each program.
                                  -45-

-------
Figure  4-1:   Survey  and Detailed  Systems  for Foundry  Mold-Pouring Measurements
                               Survey System
     Capture
     hood
                                    Participate Measurement Devices
                                     IKOR   EPA  CASCADE
                                                IMPACTOR
HC and CO lira
                                                                       Instruments
                              Detailed  System
                                   -46-

-------
               TABLE 5-1

FUGITIVE EMISSIONS SAMPLING PROGRAMS
 COST AND TIME REQUIREMENT ESTIMATES
Measurement Technique
Quasi-Stack
(Survey)
Quasi-Stack
(detailed)
Roof Monitor
(survey)
Roof Monitor
(detailed)
Upwind-downwind
(survey)
Upwind-downwind
(detailed)
Accuracy
Level-%
±500
±200
±100
± 50
±500
±200
±100
± 50
±500
±200
±100
± 50
Manpowers-
Man-hours
480
940
1,400
2,600
380
750
1,200
1,800
480
1,020
2,300
4,200
Field Study
Costs-$
1,000
2,000
4,000
7,000
800
1,700
3,400
6,200
1,100
2,600
5,000
10,000
Equipment
Costs-$
2,600
2,800
12,000
19,000
1,800
2,800
5,600
19,800
4,500
8,800
34,000
64,000
Total
Cost-$
18,000
33,000
58,000
105,000
14,000
27,000
45,000
80,000
20,000
42,000
100,000
200,000
Duration,
Weeks
12
16
24
36
12
16
20
28
12
16
26
40

-------
     o  No interference due to meteorological conditions.




     o  Emissions homogeneous and continuous for all programs.




     o  No process or emission alteration by measurement program.




     o  Particulates and gases measured in all programs.






The table presents comparitive estimates of total manpower requirements,




field study transportation and subsistence costs, equipment purchase




costs, total time duration from test planning through report preparation,




and total costs.  Total costs include manpower at $30 per hour, field




study costs and equipment purchase costs.  The total cost for each mea-




surement program is plotted versus % accuracy in Figure 5-1 for easier




comparison.




     More detailed information relative to the selection, design and




application of the three air borne fugitive emissions measurement pro-




grams is contained in the Environmental Protection Agency Technical




Reports EPA-600/2-76-089a (b,c); entitled "Technical Manual for Measure-




ment of Fugitive Emissions:  Upwind/Downwind (Roof Monitor, Quasi-Stack)




Sampling Method for Industrial Emissions."
                                 -48-

-------
            500-
VO
 I
         >• 200
         u
u

   100-
*-
z
LU
u   50-
                                                                                            Upwind-downwind
                                  Roof monitor
                                                                     Quasi-stack
                             25          50


                     COST - $ X  1000
                                                       100
200
             Figure 5-1:  Measurement  "ropram Coats as a Function of Overall Accuracy

-------
                COKE OVEN EMISSION MEASUREMENTS DURING PUSHING
                   Robert B. Jacko, Ph.D., Purdue University

     I came here today to discuss the fugitive emission problem from coke oven
pushing.  Purdue University's Civil Engineering Department has been involved
with a National Science Foundation funded program since 1972.  The purpose of
the program was to characterize atmospheric emissions including trace metals
from a number of point sources.  Some of those point sources included an open
hearth steel making furnace, a municipal refuse incinerator, a zinc smelter
coker, vertical retort and sinter plant, and a coal fired power plant.  One of
the problems we identified back in '72 was the coke oven pushing emission
problem.  At that time we didn't think about it in terms of a fugitive
emission -- indeed, the word was not yet coined.  So we began to discuss various
sampling techniques; in order to quantify the coke oven pushing problem.
     A mobile laboratory was constructed, the top of which contains necessary
hardware to enable us to sample at the coke ovens during pushing without the
constraints of a hood.  In other words, sampling could be achieved in the
actual push plume in the free atmosphere with no restraints of a hood.  A
description of the coke ovens is in the following text.
     There were 65 ovens in the particular battery that was sampled.  Refer to
Figure 1.  Dimensions of the ovens are 18' wide, 12' high, and 40' in length.
Typical charge was about 15 tons of coal -- and obviously that varies,
however, this is a typical value.  These ovens are approximately 20 years old.
     Some of the problems that we encountered while designing the sampling
methodology was, first of all, should we position our sampling equipment off
the top of the battery and attempt to get into the plume that way.  One of the
problems was that the Larry car is operated with large DC bus bars and they're
                                  -51-

-------
 located right in this area on the ovens.   Therefore,  we  didn't  want  to  position
 any hardware off the side of the ovens  which  could  possibly  come  in  contact with
 those DC bus bars.   It was decided to go with a mobile approach,  which  provided
 complete independence from the batteries.   In other words, we don't  have  to
 rely on, necessarily, perfect synchronization between the operators  and our
 sampling program -- we could operate independently.   We  wanted  to be there when
 they pushed the coke and we knew what the  schedules were, so we worked  it out
 that way.  But as many of you know, when you  work in  a large steel mill complex,
 there are interdepartmental lines to work  across — the  research  people work
 with operations people and they have their own schedules to  meet  and you  don't
 want to interfere with those schedules  any more than  you have to.  So we  felt
 that going with a mobile sampling arrangement such  as this would  provide  us
 with the flexibility that was needed.
      The general  arrangement of the coke ovens, quench car and  mobile sampling
 laboratory is seen  in Figure 2.   At the completion  of the coking  cycle  (18-20 hrs),
 the coke oven door  is removed and the coke is pushed  at  a predetermined
 constant rate by  the ram into the quench car.  Any  remaining volatiles  in the
 carbonized coal  ignited  in the oxygen-rich atmosphere and incomplete combustion
 results  in the release of particulate matter  to the atmosphere.  The sampling
 is  initiated  when the visible emissions start emanating  from the   coke  quench
 car.  Blowers  located on  a  boom approximately 30' above  grade are then
 activated.  Samples  would be withdrawn  at  as  close  to an isokinetic  rate  as
 we  could  do,  as we  could  set up,  and we would draw  a  sample  at  about 35 CFM.
 Now, we needed  the  high  flow rate because, as you know,  during  pushing, a
 typical push  time is  anywhere  from 40 seconds to 50 seconds. The 35 CFM  enabled
extraction of a relatively  large  sample volume over the  push time so that the
sample would represent as closely as possible the contents  of  the actual  plume.
The samples were taken isokinetically by monitoring a wind  anemometer that  we
                                  -52-

-------
used on the end of the boom and plume temperature was also measured with two
thermocouples at the end of the boom.
     Figure 3 shows the location of our two cameras which we use to characterize
the shape of the plume.  The methodology we decided to use was to measure the
plume particulate concentration, velocity and cross-sectional area, then compute
the mass emission rate.  That was the basic approach.  The problem then becomes
one of trying to characterize the plume shape.  At first, we thought it would
be just about impossible to do that on motion picture film, but we went ahead,
anyway, and looked at some of the results, and I think we're getting reasonable
values.
     Figure 3 shows a quench car in a quasi-schematic form, with the development,
drawn in arbitrarily, of the push plume.  We locate one camera, shown here as
"A", so that it views through a plane parallel with the  front of the coke ovens;
and the other camera at location "B".  We had two students, each manning a
camera -- one at "A" and one at "B".  At the onset of pushing, we would commence
filming.  16 mm. motion picture films were taken from cameras that were
calibrated so that we knew that we were taking pictures at an exact frame rate,
so later on we could go back to cross check plume velocities against the
anemometer.  In this fashion, we attempted to characterize what the shape of
the plume was through a plane taken at the sampling heads.
     After analyzing many, many feet of film, a ratio of length A to B was
roughly 1.5 to 1.0.  In other words, some of the data that I'll show you
assumes a circular plane cross section.  That's an idealization, not necessarily
true.   Analysis of the film shows that on the average, the plume shape, 30'
above grade, for both clean and green pushes, the aspect ratio, if you will —
was 1.5 to 1.  We expected greater deviation than that and certainly there was
more deviation on individual pushes.  But if you give me the liberty of taking
the mean value, we found it to be 1..5 to 1. We plan  to try other cross  sectional
                                  -53-

-------
 shapes and estimate the resulting effect on  the  mass  emission  rate.   For
 example, elliptic shape, possibly a  hexagonal  shape,  and  other shapes,  but
 we'll probably stay close to the  circular or  some  modified  circular shape.
 So that was the idea — to characterize  the  concentration in the plume  at that
 same elevation and try to characterize the cross sectional area.  Knowing the
 flow velocity up through that plane,  we  computed the  plume volumetric flow
 rate and, ultimately, the particulate mass emission rate.
      Figure 4 is a schematic, looking down on  top of  the  entire sampling
 apparatus.  Note the 16' van truck,  outfitted  with  the  instrumentation  inside
 the truck.  We have two 10-foot sections of  off-the-shelf TV tripod  tower
 supporting the boom off the top of the truck.  Since  the  truck sits  about 10'
 off grade, we are about 30'  above grade  to the boom.  The boom is roughly 25'
 long and is outfitted with high volume blowers.   These  blowers at free  delivery
 will develop about 60 to 80 CFM.   Two blowers  were  located quite a distance
 from the plume for environmental  considerations.  We  didn't  want to  burn the
 armatures on the motors.      We ran aluminum tubes  -- 2"  aluminum tubes -- up
 to three sampling heads, in which were mounted 8 x  10 glass  fiber filters, the
 same filters you use on the standard  high volume samplers.   At first, we
 wanted  to use a  Stausscheibe pitot tube.   However,  the  mean  vertical velocity
 of the  plume was so  low that we'd be  operating down near  its resolution points,
 so we decided to use an anemometer mounted in  a  horizontal direction.  We also
 mounted  two  thermocouples  on the  end  of  the  boom.   So this was the general
 arrangement  of our sampling  hardware.  To measure the flow velocity  of  the
 sample, we used  orifices at  the outlet of the  blower  and  calibrated  that orifice
with  respect  to  the  flow rates  that we'd be  using so  that we could set up a
 known flow.
     Figure 5  is a schematic  showing  the instrumentation  and data handling
system.   We bring our sample  in through  a stainless steel sampling snout, which
                                  -54-

-------
is about 2V long.  The isokinetic sample, or the variation in the isokinetic
rate that we expected, was taken care of by welding an expanding cone on the
front side of the snout which could be shortened on site, just prior to
sampling to put us into an approximate isokinetic rate.  The blowers were
variable speed to allow setting up isokinetic rates during sampling.  The
snout came up inside the transition for the filter holder.  We found on some
of our earlier samples that much of the material was extremely large, and after
we shut down the blowers after the push was completed, we lost material back
out the snout because of buildup.  So we then modified the sampling snout to
bring it up inside the transition so that it would act like a quasi-settling
chamber and the big particles would not then fall back out the sampling snout.
This worked quite well.  The sample then passes through an 8 x 10 glass fiber
filter, the same variety used in the high vol paths, and then via 2" diameter
aluminum tubes to the blowers.  Each blower had an orifice plate installed at
its' outlet which was calibrated, and the resulting pressure was read out on a
magnehlic gauge in the truck.  The anemometer was calibrated prior to use and
that, also, read out to a digital recording volt meter in the truck.  By the
way, we wtre using an Ester!ine Angus D 2020 Digital Volt Meter to record all
sensor signals.
     Comments at this point would be that we had expected problems due to
flame burning up our filter pads, and of the first 15 samples that we extracted
(my presentation deals with those first 15 -- we now have about 66 samples from
pushes at the coke oven, the same battery), we've only had flame problems on
two of the samples that we withdrew, which resulted in a fusion of the glass
pad.  But the 2%'  sampling snout appears to act as an adequate flame-arrester.
We had considered using other elaborate systems of flame arrest in the sampling
nozzle;  but found that not to be necessary.  Also, on the initial design of
the horizontal  boom, we thought that it was going to be necessary to install
                                  -55-

-------
 water-cooling on the boom, but, again, had no major problem  in  that  respect.
 After  our  first few preliminary tests, we stripped off the water-cooling
 arrangement  that we had on the boom and on the structural members and we
 haven't  had.any problems due to temperature.  However, the plume temperatures
 were not as  high as expected in the plume.  Maybe the fact that we were
 sampling a couple of days before Christmas last year and it was -18  degrees
 Centigrade helped us.
     The 16mm film record is a very important part of the data analysis, because
 we have  to correct the sample based on the time period that we were  in the
 plume, since we were not in the plume 100% of the time.  The film was analyzed
 with stopwatches to determine the net time that the sample heads were in the
 visible  portion of the plume.  The total sample volume was then corrected for
 the amount of time that we were not in the plume.  We made the assumption that
 when we  were not in the plume and we couldn't see a visible  emission, that  the
 concentration of particulates that we were sampling at that  point in time would
 be relatively low compared to the concentration of particulates when it was,
 indeed,  immersed in the visible portion of the plume.  That's an idealization
 and it has problems, but that's what we've done.
     Now that we've taken the sample, we wish to retrieve the sample from the
 hardware.  The procedure here is to release the two guy wires from the back of
 the truck  that were connected up near the blower end, allowing  the boom  to
 swing on a hinge plate arrangement that we designed.  The sampling heads are
 then lowered down into the vicinity of the top of the truck  where the  people
can get  to the heads and retrieve the entire bottom half, including  the  glass
fiber filter.  This assembly is taken into the laboratory environment  within
the truck,  where the filter is retrieved and the sampling head  backwashed  with
acetone.
     How  about summarizing, now, what we've done.  We've sampled  15  coke oven
                                  -56-

-------
pushes.   This was on a 3-day period just before Christmas 1975 with relatively
low ambient temperatures of minus 18 C.  We categorize clean and green pushes
by visual observation.  We had 8 clean pushes and 7 green pushes.  Refer to
Figure 6.  Average plume temperatures in degrees centigrade were found to be
32 for the clean and 70 for the green pushes.  Now, this may not be the true
temperature of the plume — it's the temperature that we measured with our two
radiation shielded thermocouples, located as best we could in the plume.   The
plume does swing so this probably is an average of upper plume temperatures
and ambient temperatures.  Average plume velocity was found in clean pushes
to be 5 meters per second; in green pushes, 4.4.  These were taken with the
mounting of the anemometer in the horizontal plane.
     Figure 7 contains the particulate concentrations and mass emission rates
from the 15 pushes that were sampled.  Note that the clean and green push
particulate concentration is 1.5 and 2.4 grams/cubic meter respectively.   The
mass emission rate of the green pushes was found to be 407 grams/sec as
compared to 147 for the clean pushes.
     The average emission factors, based on a 50 sec push, were calculated as
1.6 Ib.-part./ton-coke for the 8 clean pushes and 4.5 Ib.-part./ton-coke for
the green pushes.  In terms of tons of coal charged to the ovens, these values
are 1.0. and 3.0 for clean and green pushes respectively.  The average is
2.0 Ib.-part./ton-coal and compares to 0.4 Ib.-part./ton-coal as published in
AP 42.  Note the coefficient of variation (CV) on the mass emission rate.  The
CV is defined as one standard deviation from the mean value, divided by the
mean value.   As you can see, the variability is quite high.  In clean pushes,
the standard deviation was as high as 74% of the mean value; in green, it was
92% of the mean value, and the overal value was 110.
     It  appears as though our concentration/ photographic technique, is perhaps
viable;  that you can utilize it with some degree, hopefully, of representativeness
                                  -57-

-------
 of what  is  in  that plume.  Secondly, we found that the circular plume cross
 section  that we used for computation of a mass emission rate is at least a good
 approximation, based on the film analysis and the aspect ratio of 1.5 to 1, and
 this number of 1.5 to 1 comes from an observation of many, many frames of
 motion picture film, literally thousands.

 Conclusions
     So  what you've seen here is an attempt by us to quantify a fugitive emission
 from a coke oven pushing operation.  We designed the hardware and the sampling
 methodology much before the time that fugitive emissions were discussed.  Our
 main objectives at that time were to quantify the flow of trace metal emissions
 into the atmosphere, as well  as looking at the total  particulates.  Work that
we have  for the future includes not only the mass emission rate of the total
 particulates, but we've modified our boom and we're going to instrument it for
 hydrocarbons, for particle size distribution, using inertial impactors -- we'll
be mounting two inertial  impactors at the boom so we can get Anderson
aerodynamic particle size distribution.
                                 -58-

-------
                 COKE OVEN  DATA
i
Ul
MANUFACTURER: Koppers
NUMBER  IN  BATTERY: 65
DIMENSIONS:  Width 18 1/4", Height 12*, Length 40*
CAPACITY;  15 Tons Coal, Typical Charge
          Figure 1  Coke Oven Description

-------
o
                     CHARGING
         BY-: PRODUCT CAR
         COLLECTION
         MAINS
                                                  DOOR
                                                  MACHINE
                                                       COKE
PUSHER
CONTRO
CAB
        RAM
            PUSHING
            MACHINE
                                                            SAMPLING
                                                            HEADS
                                                                 BOOM BLOWERS
                                      RECUPERATOR
                                                  QUENCH
                                                  CAR

                                              WASTE
                                              HEAT FLUE
                Figure 2  Cross section of coke oven  battery. Including sampling
                         vehicle

-------
                               Coke Oven
                               Push Plume
Camera
   B
                                              Quench  Car
                 Figure 3 Location of Two 16mm Cameras

-------
        BLOWERS (3)
KJ
               TRUCK
                                      QUENCH CAR
                                                     RAILS
                                     SAMPLE
                                      LINES (3)
 /THERMOCOUPLES
'C2)
 COKE GUIDE
  ANEMOMETER

  FILTER
 HOUSINGS (3)
                  Flgurt 4  Top view of sampling vthlclt and cokt qutncti ear

-------
                                        THERMOCOUPLES (2)
            CENTRIFUGAL
            BLOWERS (3)
                                                       ANEMOMETER
                   r
                   i
DIGITAL
RECORDING
VOLTMETER
                     /
               THERMISTOR
MAGNEHELIC
PRESSURE
GAGES  (3)
                                        8"x 10"
                                        GLASS
                                        FIBER
                                        FILTER

                                                  t
SAMPLING
NOZZLE
                                    SAMPLING  j
                                    HE~ADS~(3)"
     Figure 5 Schematic diagram of sampling heads and Instruments
             used on coke  oven sampling boom

-------
TOTAL NO. OF SAMPLES:  15

     CLEAN  PUSHES:    8
     GREEN  PUSHES:    7

AMBIENT  TEMPERATURE: -18 C
AVERAGE  PLUME TEMP., C

     CLEAN  PUSHES:    32
     GREEN  PUSHES:    70
     OVERALL:          49

AVERAGE  PLUME VELOCITY, M/SEC

     CLEAN  PUSHES:    5.0
     GREEN  PUSHES:    4.4
     OVERALL:          4.7
Figure 6  General Summary of Coke Oven Push Sampling

-------
       PARTICULATE RESULTS

GRAIN LOADING,         GR/SCF     G/M3

      CLEAN  PUSHES:   0.66       1.5
      GREEN  PUSHES:    I.I         2.4
      OVERALL:        0.83       1.9

MASS EMISSION RATE,   G/SEC      CV(%)'

      CLEAN  PUSHES:   147         74
      GREEN  PUSHES:   407       92
      OVERALL:        268        110

*CV= COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
   = 100 x STD. DEV. /MEAN
Figure 7  Coke Oven Pushing Particulate Emissions

-------
  PROBLEMS IN MEASURING FUGITIVE
EMISSIONS PROM WASTE DISPOSAL PONDS
         William R. King
         PMC Corporation
         2000 Market Street
 Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19103
            -67-

-------
           PROBLEMS IN MEASURING GASEOUS FUGITIVE
            EMISSIONS FROM WASTE DISPOSAL PONDS

                    William R. King

 Abstract


 This  paper discusses a method of measuring the emission

 rate  of pollutants with finite vapor pressures from

 contaminated-liquid storage ponds.  The techniques described

 were  developed to quantify the emission

 of fluorine compounds from wastewater disposal ponds connected

 with  wet-process phosphoric acid manufacturing plants.

 However,  they are applicable to any water soluble

 chemical  compound with a finite vapor pressure, such

 as hydrogen sulfide, phenol or hydrocarbons up to their limit

 of solubility in water.


 heview of  Available Methods


 Pond  emission measurement methods can be divided into

 two general  groups:


 (1) Field measurements conducted at the actual emission

    source  or


 (2) Laboratory measurements conducted on models.


 Laboratory modeling usually utilizes a wind tunnel  to

 simulate the pond and the surrounding atmosphere.   The

 experimenter is concerned with evaluating Equations  (1)

and (2).
                         -68-

-------
                 V
                      =  Cfiu
where
     NB= molar mass  transfer  rate  per unit pond surface



           of component  B  from  the pond to the atmosphere




     K  = Overall  gas-side  mass  transfer coefficient for
      13

           component  B
     p * = Partial  pressure  of B in equilibrium with
      D


             pond water
     p = Partial  pressure  of B in atmosphere above
      D


           a  pond
    A = Pond  surface area
     B



     C = Average concentration of B in atmosphere at
      B

           downwind edge of pond




      u   = Average wind speed or air velocity




In a wind-tunnel simulation, the average concentration -


velocity product—CD u—can be measured by placing a
                   B

mixing box after the wind tunnel and sampling the gas


stream coining out of the box.  These measurements obviously


can be used in Equation (2) to produce good estimates


of the mass transfer rate.  The wind tunnel data can


be further reduced through Equation (1) to a mass transfer


coefficient - Kg-  This variable - Kfi- is the basic


parameter which must be translated from the


wind tunnel to the real world.
                        -69-

-------
Normally, the mass transfer coefficient is correlated
against a measure of the turbulance in the air stream
moving over the pond simulation in the wind
tunnel.  This correlation is applied to real world
situations, if the pond could be considered a flat plant.
Equation (3) has been empirically demonstrated to describe

the mass transfer coefficient.
         K X
                     c   (XCu  ) V5                  ...
        	  = .0365  (	)                      (3)
         CD              (//  }( CD   )
            aB                 (   .aB)
where
     C   = molar concentration of air
     D  = diffusivity of B in air
      aB
    // = air viscosity
     
-------
              The characteristic length that is used to describe mass transfer


              from a flat plate in a wind tunnel is well developed in the


              literature.  This is the distance the wind travels across the


              plate.  Unfortunately, the problem of characteristic length

              is considerably less well defined in the atmosphere.
  (No Paragraph)


              Is it the pond length in the direction of wind or something

              else?  Likewise, the wind speed to be used is not very


              well defined.  In the wind tunnel the bulk average wind

              speed can be measured easily and is normally used.  In

              the atmosphere the bulk average speed is not defined.



              Based on this brief discussion, the reader can see the


              difficulty in attempting to quantitatively translate wind


              tunnel experiments into the real world.  I don't think


              the problem has been solved.

(No Paragraph)

              Therefore, field measurements seem to be the only way


              to quantify emissions from ponds.



              Three methods to estimate emissions from ponds seem possible:



              (1)  In theory, direct calculation of an average pond


                   emission rate from measurements of wind speed and

                   pollutant concentration profiles in the vertical


                   direction should be possible.  Equation (4) is the


                   defining equation.
                                 NRA   =     C du               (4)
                                  D          I

                                               ground



                                       -71-

-------
(2)  Backing through a diffusion model from single point,


     concentration measurements, Equation (5),




              N = C_/f (A,X,Y,Z, 0",'ff)            (5)
               D   ti              ti  •!•



     where




     X,Y,Z = distance


     ff" .(T- vertical and horizontal dispersion coefficents
       Z  Y"



     will also yield estimates of an average emission


     rate.




(3)  Finally, Equation (1) might be used to calculate emission


     estimates, if field verified estimates of the mass


     transfer coefficient were available.




Methods (1) and (2) directly measure some sort of average


emission rate.  More than one pattern of emissions from


the diffuse source (pond) could satisfy either equation.


However,  when coupled with a completely defined Equation


(1) (the third field measurement technique described above)


which rigorously defines the emission pattern, either method


can satisfactorily define diffuse source emissions.
                        -72-

-------
Methods Used In This Study






In this study a combination of methods (3) and a modified



method (2) were used to produce emission estimates and



to verify them.  A correlation for the mass transfer



coefficient was developed from field data and used Equation



(1) to produce emission estimates. These estimates were



used in Equation (5) to predict pollutant ambient air



concentrations downwind of the emission source.  The



predicted values were compared with field measurements



of the ambient air concentration of the pollutant.  Good



agreement between the measured and predicted concentrations



demonstrated the accuracy of the emission estimate.





The major difference between this study and other efforts



to quantify fugitive emissions is that this study has



available a method to estimate rigorously    the diffuse



source pattern of emissions. The emission estimates can



be varied with time and in space in an entirely logical



and rigorous manner.





Figure 1 is a work chart detailing the information development



necessary to apply this technique.  Study of the work chart



will show that there are three major tasks. The first task



is to  develop the emission estimate from the mass transfer



equation; the second is to measure ambient air concentrations



in the field, and the third is to relate the emission estimates



to the measured ambient air concentrations via diffusion




modeling.
                         -73-

-------
             Calculation of Emission Rate





             The right-hand side of Equation (1)  is made up of the product



             of two groups.  The first of these is a driving force,PB*~PB»



             which is primarily a function of pond water temperature and



             the physical nature of the material  being emitted by the pond.



             The vapor pressure, p * can be measured in the laboratory;
                                  B


             the atmospheric partial pressure,  pfi, is small for "normal"



             sized ponds and usually can be assumed to be zero.  Since this



             driving force is specific to the pond and to the material being



             emitted by the pond, it will not be  covered in any detail in



             this report.  The second group is the mass transfer coefficient-Kn
                                                                             D.



             This term with straightforward modification, is applicable



             to any pond.  For this reason, its development is discussed



             in this paper.





             As stated previously, the overall average mass transfer



             coefficient describing material transfer from a flat



             plate into a flowing stream can be predicted from the



             Colburn Analogy, Equation (3), when the stream-air mass-is
             in turbulent flow.

\No Paragraph)
             Since the physical parameters in Equation (3) do not



             change significantly over the range of conditions found



             in the atmosphere, they can be grouped with the constant.



             The result is Equation (6).





                            K=au'8x"'2               (6)
                                     -74-

-------
In 1950 and 1951 the U.S. government measured water evaporation
rates for Lake  Hefner, the water supply reservoir
for Oklahoma City.  The lake is roughly elliptical in
shape—about 2-1/2 by  1-1/2 miles.  About 140 of the
500 separate daily, evaporation rate measurements made
during the government  study were used to develop estimates
of the overall, average, mass-transfer coefficient.
In addition to the lake data, evaporation rates were
measured for four different types of evaporation pans:

1.  The class A evaporation pan,

2.  The Bureau of Plant Industries evaporation pan,

3.  The Colorado evaporation pan and,

4.  The screened evaporation pan.

Physical details of these pans are summarized in Table 1.

The measured evaporation rates were transformed into
24-hour-average mass transfer coefficients with Equation
(1).  Least squares correlations were developed for the logarithmic
form of Equation (6)
           0Kb  = log10(aX"2) «. b Iog10ul6         (7)
where
     u   = wind speed  16 meters above  pond surface
             for Lake  Hefner   and  each of the  evaporation pans.
                         -75-

-------
 The  resultant correlations were tested statistically;


 it was  demonstrated that the correlations developed for


 Lake  Hefner  tne Bureau of plan Industries pan and the


 Colorado pan were not significantly different.  On this


 basis the three sets of data were combined and a new


 correlation was developed from this combined data.  The


 statistics for the latter correlation are shown in Table 2.



 The  slope-b-of the best-fit-linear-least-squares correlation


 for  the screened pan was not significantly different from


 the  slope of the combined data correlation (or the 0.8

                                 _. 2
 slope); however, the intercept-ax  —was significantly


 different.  This was not too surprising since the screened


 pan  is  covered with a relatively small mesh screen that


 reduces the air turbulence above the water at a given


 wind speed.  The expected effect of the screen is to


 reduce  the mass transfer coefficient at a given wind


 speed;  this was observed.



 Both the slope and the intercept of the least squares


 correlation for the class A pan are significantly different


 from the combined data correlation.  The class A pan


 sits about 15" above the ground in contrast to the other


 pans and the lake which sit flush with the ground.  This


 elevation makes the pan look more like a circular cylinder


 than a flat plate.  Wake separation can be expected to


 occur in the air stream flowing over the surface of the


 water.   There has been no work done specifically to define


mass transfer from a cylinder head—the Class A pan's


 configuration.   However, measurements of mass transfer


                         -76-

-------
to fluids flowing past surfaces where wake separation
occurs(the curved surface of cylinders, rectangular bars,
streamlined cylinders and spheres) demonstrates a wind
speed dependency ranging from the 0.5 to 0.65 power.
The exponent predicted by the best-fit-least-squares
correlation for the Class A pan was 0.58—a reasonable
value based on the above discussion.

Since the correlation based on the pooled lake, Colorado
pan and BPI pan date shows a dependency upon wind speed
not significantly different from u,8-, the empirically
well-documented 0.8 velocity exponent was assumed correct.
The recommended predictor of the mass transfer coefficient
is
                      0.8                            ,„,
              K=.429u1<;                             Co)
               •<      16
where
     k= grams water  per  sq. meter-millimeter of mercury-hour
     U  =wind speed  at  16 meters  in meters per second
       16
Examination of Equations (3)  or  (7) indicates that the
mass-transfer coefficient should  be dependent on pond
diameter as well as  wind speed.   Statistically this difference
doesn't exist.  But  to  test further for the length dependency,
Equations (3) and  (8) were assumed to be the same equation
and they were solved  simultaneously for length.  With
this set of assumptions, length-X-is equal to 12,000
meters.  if the further  assumption is made that  the equivalent
                         -77-

-------
length of the pans is 12,000 meters and the equivalent


length of the lake is 12,000 meters plus two miles, then

                                               -0.2
the ratio of the empirical value of the pan's X


term to the lake's term should be 1.045.  In fact, the


ratio of the average of the Colorado plus the BPI pan's


length-containing value to the lake's is 1.070. Perhaps


a length effect does exist, but the effect cannot be


separated statistically, and as demonstrated in this paragraph,


the value is unimportant in the estimation of mass transfer


from moderately sized bodies of water.




In the preceding paragraphs, a mass transfer coefficient


describing the evaporation of water into air has been


developed.  A simple diffusivity adjustment must be made


to transform this into a mass-transfer coefficient describing


the evaporation of another material into air, Under assumptions


previously enumerated the overall, gas-side mass transfer


coefficient for water can be transferred into the overall,


gas-side mass transfer coefficient for another species


by adjusting the water coefficient by the diffusivity


ratio to the two species raised to the 2/3 power.




          KB - K (D  )2/3

             "  w( aB)

                 CDaW)                                 (9)
where:
  KB
= overall, gas-side, mass transfer coefficient


   for species b
                        -78-

-------
  D _ = diffusivity of B in air
   ats




  D   = diffusivity of water in air
   aW




Field Measurements



Two waste disposal ponds connected with wet-process-phosphoric-



acid manufacturing plants were studied. The digestion



of the phosphate rich minerals with sulfuric acids yield



product plus volitile fluorine compounds.
                                « (g,



These gaseous fluorine compounds are scrubbed from the



plant's air emissions and sent to wastewater ponds.



Over 85% of the fluorine entering the plant reports to



the ponds.





The ponds chosen for the ambient air studies are shown



in Figures 2 and 3.  Pond 10 is a nominal 100-acre, roughly



rectangular, cooling pond. The land beyond the southeast



and southwest edges is grass covered for at least 300



meters; it is generally flat and at the same height as



the pond water.  Pond banks are diked about two meters



above the water level except in the area around the two



sampling sites.  Gypsum piles about 15 meters tall border



the northwest and part of the northeast sides of the



pond.  Gypsum was not being accumulated on the northwest



pond during the test period; the gypsum disposal ponds



on top of the pile were dry.  The northeast pile was
                        -79-

-------
used for gypsum disposal; 50 acres of ponds covered the



top of the pile, Pond 20 is a 160 acre-irregularly shaped



cooling pond constructed on an old mine site.  By-product



gypsum was being stacked on the land mass in .the center



of the pond.  The level of the pond was less than 1 meter



below the edge of the banks.  Small weed trees, 2-3 meters



tall, cover the edge of the pond bank.





During the field work at pond 10, winds were usually southerly.



Overcast skies and squalls were common; 3(C) and 4(D) stability



classifications predominated.  The wind speed measured three



meters above the ground varied from 1.5-6.3 meters per second.





At pond 20 the wind usually blew from the east although



it varied over the day. Sunny skies and 1(A) or 2(B)



stability classifications were common during actual sampling



period.  However, rain squalls frequently occurred in



late afternoon and inversions were common in the early



morning.  Wind speed at 3 meters varied from 0.9 to 3.5



meters per second.





The following data was obtained in the field:





1.  One-hour-average, ambient-air fluorine concentrations.



2.  Wind speed at three meters above the ground.



3.  Wind direction at three meters.
                        -80-

-------
4.   Clpud cover estimates,  and    air stablllty




    estimate s«




5.   Pond water inlet and outlet temperatures.



6.   Pond water fluorine concentration.





In the study of pond 10,six upwind samples were taken



at station 3,  Figure 2.  Three of these samples showed



no ambient air fluorine content, and three showed an



average of about 0.8/^moles/m  of fluorine not emitted



by the pond.  The fluorine source was not identified;



however, assuming reasonable atmospheric dispersion,



it can be demonstrated  that the maximum contribution



to the measured fluorine concentration at the downwind



sarolers was about 0. 10 /'cjmole/M  of fluorine—about



5% of the total fluorine measured.  This value is the



same magnitude as the limit of measurement. Upwind samples



from pond 2 were not obtained because of the inaccessibility



any upwind site.  However, visual inspection of the area



revealed no obvious source of fluorine emissions east



of the pond closer than about 4 kilometers.  Therefore,



the effect of other fluorine sources would be similar



to those experienced around pond 1; that is, their contribu-



tion to the measured concentration would be about the



same magnitude as the limit of measurement.
                        -81-

-------
Reconciliation of Data





In review, the paper has so far presented a method to



predict emissions from waste ponds.  This method depends



only on the pollutant being emitted, the pond temperature



and the wind speed. The method was used to predict fluorine



emissions from wet-acid plant ponds.  In addition, the



paper describes the measurement of ambient air fluorine



concentrations downwind of two wet-acid ponds. How can



these two sets of information be compared?





Examination of the diffusion model indicates two possible



ways of comparing the two data sets. A back-calculation



can be made from the field-measured concentrations through



the diffusion model to obtain estimates of the emissions



from the pond.  These can be compared to the emission



rates calculated from the mass-transfer equation.  Conversely,



the estimated pond emissions can be used in the diffusion



model to predict ambient air concentrations at the downwind



samplers.   These values can be compared with the field



measured volumes.  Neither method is entirely satisfactory.





Back-calculating emission estimates from ambient-air



field measurements requires that the fluorine emission



rate from  the pond be distributed in some manner. As



you remember,  at a given wind speed, the emission rate



depends upon the fluorine vapor pressure. This  in turn



is a function of the pond water temperature and  the  tempera-
                        -82-

-------
ture variation over the pond. The logical way then is
to distribute emission rates over the pond surface
in proportion to  the  experimental vapor pressure. Unfortu-
nately the vapor pressure is also in the mass transfer
equation.  Therefore, both the emission estimate developed
from the mass transfer equation and the estimate developed
from the measured ambient air concentration utilize the
measured vapor pressure of fluorine over pond water.
Because both are derived from vapor pressure measurements,
neither emission estimate is independent of the other.
Statistical comparisons of the two estimates are dangerous.
The statistics drawn from the two sets of data may compare
vapor pressure with vapor pressure.

This statistical problem can be avoided if ambient air
concentrations are compared.  In this case, vapor pressure
is utilized only in the calculation of ambient air concentra-
tion from the diffusion model.  In addition, this comparison
has an advantage in that all the estimated or measured
values—the rate of emission estimate and the diffusion
model—are lumped in the calculated concentration. The
field-measured concentration is a "pure" number which
has not been subjected to any manipulative calculations.
The disadvantage of comparing ambient air concentrations
is that the emission-rate-calculation method is indirectly
tested.
                        -83-

-------
             A computer program was developed to calculate ambient
             air concentration.  This program divides the sample time
             into  10 minute time periods. It divides the pond water
             studied into a number of isothermal segments. A ten meter
             wide  strip perpendicular to the average wind direction
             of this isothermal segment is approximately considered
             to be a finite line source.  The program calculates the
             mass-transfer coefficient per unit length from the strip
             and assumes that the entire emission comes from a single
             line  at the center of the strip.  It calculates the time
             weighted contribution of this finite line source at the
             sampler and repeats the calculation for all strips within
             an isothermal segment and for all segments of the pond.
             Figures 4 and 5 are graphic comparisons of the calculated
             and the actual field-measured ambient air concentrations.
(No Paragraph)
             The figures also include the 45 , or perfect correlation,
             line.  Tables 3 and 4 summarize the statistical tests
             which compare the measured and calculated corrections.
             As these tables and Figures 4 and 5 show      the hypothesis
             that the least-squares, best-fit lines are not significantly
             different from perfect correlation line ±s confirmed.  Therefore,the
             method of predicting ambient air fluorine concentrations
             developed in this paper are confirmed by field measurement.
             By extension,  the method of predicting pond  emissions
             developed in thi-s  paper has also been confirmed.
                                     -84-

-------
As the reader knows, when making field measurements in


the atmosphere, every now and then a bad experiment occurs.


Sometimes these runs can be explained and sometimes they


can't.  The   field studies described in this paper were


no different.  The experiments discarded in this study


are shown in Figures 6, 7, 8 and 9 along with a short


explanation on what may have gone wrong.  Other than


the data shown in Figure 8 for pond 20, the discarded


rums could have been correlated with the main body of


data with no appreciable effect on the study's conclusion.


The same can not be said about the data shown in Figure


8; its inclusion would change the slope of the least squares

                                o       o
correlation for pond 20 from +45  to -30 .




Conclusion


This paper proposes and demonstrates a method to estimate


emission from ponds containing water-soluble, volatile


atmospheric pollutants.  The method has general applicability


To apply it to a specific pond and pollutant, the only


additional information that must be developed is the


pollutants vapor pressure curve.
R71629


BV24
                        -85-

-------
Acknowledgment

This paper is based on "Fluoride Emissions from
Phosphoric Acid Plant Gypsum Ponds"—EPA-650/2-74-095,
a report prepared for the Office of Research and
Development, U. S. EPA, Washington, D.C.  EPA project
officer was B. N. Murthy, Control Systems Laboratory,
NERC, Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711.
                    -86-

-------
Table  1     Pan structural details
Type
Diameter
 (Ft.)
Depth
(Ft.)
                              Relation of Water
                              Surface to Ground
                                  Surface
Class A
Screened
(% inch mesh screen
over top of pan)

Colorado
Bureau of Plant
Industries  (BPI)
3 ft.
 sq.
                 0.83
                 1.5
             (est)15-18" above
             ground

             even with ground
             even with ground
                              even with ground
                              -87-

-------
Table 2   Statistical Summary of Correlation Developed for

          Combined Lake Hefner, FBI Pan and Screened Pan

          Data Base
Iog10(ax~-2)
(Standard
Error )
-.3^87
(.02477)
b
(Standard
Error)
.7727
(.03^97)
Number of
Observations P
319 488.254
R2
.6063
     QK = log10(ax--2) + b log1(J U16




                 O

 K = g moles/hr m^ mm H«-
                       o





 Ul6 = 16 meter velocity in meters/second
                        -88-

-------
Table   3     Least squares regressions of calculated ambient air
              fluorine concentrations on measured concentrations
Pond
10
20
V V
a b
(Standard Error)
.2536 .9122
(.16825) (.06346)
.1043 .9888
Number of
Observations F
50 206.58
37 58.649
R2
.81145
.62626
           (.15425)      (.12911)
                               -89-

-------
Table  i|      Testing the coefficients of the least squares regressions
              of the calculated fluorine concentration on the measured
              fluorine concentration with the student's t test to
              determine if av = 0 and bv = 1


Pond
10
20
Value of
t For
V
a
1.507
.67626


Significant3
No
No
Value of
t For
b
1.383
.0868


Significant3
No
No
aAt 95% confidence level
                              -90-

-------
              Review and Correlate
              Water Evaporation Data
              Develop Wind Velocity
                Profile Prediction
               Review and Correlate Data
               For the HF-H.O System
               Design Equilibrium Still
Develop Preliminary
Emission Estimates
And Preliminary
Ambient Air Concentrations
                  Design Ambient Air
                   Sampling System
             Develop Pond Simulation for
                  Computer
         3
    Predict Ambient Air
    Fluorine Concentrations
    Downwind of Ponds
                                          Develop Pond to Air Mass
                                        Transfer Coefficient For Water
                                                        Develop Pood to Air Mass
                                                      Transfer  Coefficient For Fluorii
                                                      Test Analytical Hethods
                              a
                                                     Check Consistency of Still
                                                     on RF - Water System
                                                      Measure Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium of
                                                         Fluorine In Pond Water
                                        Check Operation at Ambient Air Sampler
                                                                    I
                                        Heaaure Ambient Air Fluorine
                                      Concentrations Downwind of Ponds
                                         VariCy Emission Estimates by Comparing
                                         Predicted and Measured Ambient Air Fluorine
                                                  Concentra t ions
                                                         Produce Emission Estimates
Figure    l      Work  flow  chart  to  produce  an  estimate  of  fluorine
                   compound  emissions  from  wet  process  phosphoric  acid
                   plant  waste  ponds
                                          -91-

-------
Page  25
  Study coordinate systen
                                                                      ler 01
                                                           Wind Speed  and
                                                               Direction
                                                                    Recorder
                                                    Active Gypstim Pile
           Figure   2    Pond  10  plot sketch
                                 -92-

-------
      V
      •a
      M
      
-------
    o
    LU

    u
                  Measurements not used  in

                   data analysis
                                 I
I
                                 2          3

                                 MEASURED
Figure 4      Pond 10 measured versus calculated ambient air concen-

              trations at samplers xlO~" g  moles/or
                            -94-

-------
    o
    UJ

    o
                                1.0

                              MEASURED
Figure  5      Fond  20 measured versus calculated ambient air

              concentrations at samplers xlO~6 g moles/nr
                            -95-

-------
    o
    LU
    §

    O

    o
 Figure
       3456

                MEASURED

Pond 10 Sampler 01, high wind speed experiments
x 10~6 g moles/m3
Concentrations measured by sampler  01,  the  sampler nearest  the  pond.
when the wind velocity was over  ^ meters/sec  are  considerably higher
than the predicted values.  Since measurements  made with sampler
02 during the same period did not show  this trend and no
entrainment was noted, it is likely  that  the  dispersion model
cannot handle the combination of high wind  speeds and short
distances.
                         -96-

-------
                             6         8

                            MEASURED
                                              12
Figure  7
Pond 10 wind flow over active gypsum pile xlO  g moles/m
Measurements were made  when  the  wind  was  blowing  from the
active gypsum pile  (wind  direction  90°  and  over).  The
measured values were  considerably greater than  the predicted
values.  In this case,  the piles caused extremely complex
wind patterns - including downwashes  that the dispersion model
could not handle.
                        -97-

-------
   o
   LU
   5

   O

   O
Figure  8
       2345

                MEASURED

Pond 20 Sampler 02 high fluorine measurements xlO
g moles/m
                                                      -6
On a number of days after 10:00 AM, the fluorine  concentration
measured by sampler 02 increased dramatically.  No  similar
increase was noted in sampler 01.  Since the phenomena  was  not
noted on the day after a plant shutdown, a  tentative  explanation
is advanced that some action by the plant in the  gypsum
disposal area caused the high ambient air concentrations.
                          -98-

-------
    o
    UJ

Figure  9
                              1.0

                         MEASURED
Pond 20 strong solar radiation,  low wind speed
experiments xlO"6 g moles/m3
A combination  of low wind speeds (less than 1.3 meters/second)
and strong  solar radiation (late morning and afternoon)
produced  a  greater degree of dispersion than could be
predicted by the dispersion model.   Low wind speeds alone
(early and  mid-morning) could be satisfactorily handled by the
model.
                         -99-

-------
           CONTINUOUS ROOF MONITOR EMISSION TESTS

           Abbas F. Souka,  Ph. D. ,  Airco Speer Carbon-Graphite


Single story buildings in certain industries such as metal smelting, graphi-
tizing, silicon carbide manufacturing,  glass plants, foundries, and  many
other manufacturing activities  require  a substantial amount of ventilation
to maintain human comfort and safety.  The most efficient and economical
method to achieve this purpose is  the use  of wall louvers and building monitors
capable of exhausting  large amounts  of heated gases at a very rapid rate.  The
quantities of influent air and effluent gases are dependent on the building
design and location, the prevailing climatic conditions and on the activity with-
in the building.  The two last factors are variable  and greatly influence the
amounts  of emissions from such structures.

In order  to prove  compliance with the air  pollution  regulations, most of the
above mentioned industries are required to sample the effluent gases as they
exit the building.  At first, we at Airco Speer attempted to apply the standard
EPA method for particulate sampling of stack effluents  only to realize that
such technique is  not applicable and that an alternate approach is required.

First, I will enumerate the reasons why sampling  using the standard EPA
method for stack sampling is not applicable to monitor sampling:

1.    The velocity of the effluent gases as measured in  the building
      monitor fluctuates within a wide range.  This can be readily seen by
      inspection of figures (1) and (2).  They show seven plots of instan-
      taneous monitor  exit velocity as a function of time.  Four of these
      plots were recorded on four consecutive days and the remaining
      three were recorded on the same day.  It can be seen that within
      the course of one minute the exit velocity may fluctuate by more
      than 600%

2.    Roof monitor  designs cause  turbulence in the gas  stream and
      consequently do not fulfill the isokinetic sampling requirements that
      sampling and velocity measurement  points must be taken at locations
      away from any disturbances.

3.    The variation in  activities within the building and  the rapid changes
      in the climatic conditions make it necessary to collect a large sample
      of the effluent gas over an extended  period of time in order to obtain
      results that are representative of the actual  contribution of the
      manufacturing facility  to the ambient air.

4.    Pitot tubes are not suitable for measurements of low velocity-
      heads.
                                 -101-

-------
 Sampling Procedure

 The first published  application of high volume samplers to sample emissions
 from roof-monitors that we are aware of used suspended high volume samplers
 which traversed the building monitor, figure (3).  Samplers were positioned
 along the length of the building; each to collect a sample representative of the
 emission through a known area.  Each sampler in each section was hung  on
 a cable so that it  can be traversed back and forth across the width of the
 monitor.   The effluent velocity was measured using hot wire anemometers.

 The procedure^ which has  been applied in three  separate tests  by Airco Speer
 for measurement  of emissions  from building monitors  also included the use
 of high volume samplers as described below:

 The building monitor was divided  into three equal sections.   One sampling
 station equipped with a high volume sampler was located at  the center of
 each section.  Figure (4) shows the 3  sampling stations and fig. (5) shows
 the high volume sampler affixed in its normal position with  the filter facing
 upwards.  A goose neck attachment directs the flow into the filter.  The
 sampling velocity was maintained at about 100 fpm.; the normal sampling
 rate used with high volume samplers.  This  rate is less than the isokinetic
 velocity and gives emission values biased to values higher than the actual
 values.  Figure (6) shows the deviation between  the observed concentration
 to the actual concentration with departure from isokinetic sampling. ' It  is
 noted that the  smaller the particle size the less  the error in measurement
 becomes.  Figure (7) shows the sampling probes which consisted of three -
 9" diameter nozzles each connected to a U-shaped 4" diameter pipe.   Figure
 (8) shows one of the high volume samplers mounted on a platform outside the
 monitor.   Particulates were collected on glass filter paper  retentive to
 particles larger than 0. 3 micron.  Before initial and final weighing the filters
 were dried at room temperature over silica-gel for 24 hours.  Weighing  was
 made to the nearest 0. 1 mg with a balance having a precision of—  .05 mg.

 The volume of air sampled was determined by using calibrated rotameters.
 Flow meters readings were generally obtained at least once an hour.  In
 order to obtain a  sampling velocity between  100-120 fpm, a sampling rate
 of about 1.4m  /min. was necessary.  By observing the rate of decrease in
 flow meters  readings an estimate as  to the necessity of a filter change could
 be made.   Generally, the filters were changed when the flow meter indicated
 a  rate of 1. 3 m^/min.

 The average velocity of the air as it exits the monitor was continuously recorded.
A Gill Propeller Electric Anemometer Model 27100 was mounted in the monitor
at each of the sampling stations to a depth of about 12  in.   Figure (9) shows  the
anemometer mounted in the monitor.  The anemometer^ is  an extremely sensitive
air speed measuring instrument employing a foamed polystyrene propeller.
The propeller  rotates 0. 96/revolution for each foot of passing wind for all
wind speeds about 4 ft. /sec.  Its threshold speed is  0. 8' /sec.
                                 -102-

-------
The propeller drives a miniature D. C.  tachometer generator.  The
propeller anemometer will measure both forward and reverse flow.  When
the propeller rotation reverses, the generator signal polarity reverses.
The propeller responds only to the  component of the wind which is parallel
with its axis.

The anemometer was  purged with filtered air in order to prevent dust or
corrosive gases from interfering with the proper function of the instrument.
Calibration of the anemometer was done by connecting the anemometer to a
synchronous drive with flexible coupling.  At 1800 r.p.m. the D. C. generator
generates 500 m. v.

The  signals from each anemometer, which are directly proportional to wind
speed,were recorded  in the first two tests by a Leeds and Northrup
Speedomax W recorder which printed a reading from each anemometer every
75 seconds.  This  gave an extensive history of the monitor exit velocity.
Approximately 24,. 000 velocity readings were averaged.  Interpretation of the  •
data proved to be a tedious and time consuming operation and prompted us
to look  for an alternative  recording instrument.  Subsequently, we purchased
a  Martek Model EDP Environmental Data Printer, which was used instead
of the L.&N recorder and which greatly  simplified the data logging.

The  data printer can be operated in one of three modes; continuous, program
or manual mode.   In the program mode record, period and length are
switch  selected.   Record  period may be set at 4, 8,  16,  32,  64   or 128
minutes. Record length determines the duration of each recording and may
be set to either scan or 1/2 to 2 minutes  position,  recording  will start by
printing the time and  continue for the time  selected.  After the last active
channel has been recorded the instrument reverts to a standby condition and all
assemblies except the clock are turned off to reduce the power drain.  In
the manual mode each channel is advanced by depressing the  step switch.

The  data collected by the  data printer is in the form of a printed tape and a
recording on a magnetic tape  cassette.   The cassette can be read on a  Data
Reader.  A digital printout of the taped information can also be acquired
through external data processors.

Emission Data

The  testing period for evaluating particulate emissions from  our  graphitizing
plant roof monitor was continuous for one week.   Sampling was continuous
with the exception  of time required to make filter changes and short intervals
to make minor equipment  adjustment and repair.

The  emission rate was calculated as indicated below:

1.    Dust load/filter (mg/m3) = Weight of particulates  collected (mg)/
      total volume sampled.
                                -103-

-------
 2.    Average monitor velocity (ft/min).  Velocity values were recorded
      by means of LAN Speedomax type W recorder in the first two tests
      and by a Martek Model EDP Environmental Data Printer in the third
      test.  These values were averaged over the time interval correspond-
      ing to the filter paper used.

 3.    Station emission rate (#/hr) = Station fractional monitor area (ft^)
      x average vel. (fpm) x dust load (mg/m ) x 2. 2 (#/kg) x 60 min/hr
      x ID'6 (kg/mg)x .0283 (m3/ft3).

 Figure (10) shows emission rate  vs. time at one of the three sampling
 stations.  Studying of the bar chart shows periods of higher emissions and
 other periods when emission rates are quite small.   These fluctuations
 reflect activity within the building and can serve as  a guide to point out the
 dusty operations so that corrective measures may be taken.
Top consideration has to be given to prevention of injury to the sampling
team.   Installation of railings for high areas is a must.  Sampling for
possible existence of harmful concentrations of gases must be performed
by the industrial hygienist.  Sampling personnel must work in pairs.  The
installation of a telephone for easy  communication with the rest of the
plant is recommended.

Sampling Cost

The cost of performing this sampling technique can be divided into  3
portions:

1.    Cost of Equipment

      This is a one time  expense which amounts to approximately
      $4, 000.00 to cover the cost of 3 High Volume Samplers and
      one Data Logger.

2.    Cost of Sampling Station

      This is a cost which is incurred every time a new monitor
      is sampled.  It covers the cost of setting up the shelters for
      the high volume samplers as  well as the Central station where
      the recording equipment is situated.  This cost will vary depend-
      ing upon the monitor  being sampled.  An average figure of
      $10,000 represents a realistic figure.

3,    Cost of Conducting Test

      This represents the cost of data collection, performing the


                                 -104-

-------
      necessary calculations and writing the final report.  This cost
      amounts to about $8, 000.

EPA Method for Sampling of Emissions from
Building Monitors

A sampling method for measuring emissions from primary aluminum
industry building monitors has been promulgated by the EPA  (reference
methods 14 and ISA or 13B).  In this method a manifold system and
connecting duct is permanently installed to draw an air sample from a
roof monitor to ground level, figure (11).  The  system includes eight nozzles
each having a diameter of 0.40 to 0. 5 meters spaced along the length of the
manifold which measures 8% of the monitor length with a minimum of 35
meters.  The exhaust fan which is installed at the  ground level draws a
portion of the exhaust at  a rate equal to the isokinetic rate determined by
means of electric anemometers installed in the monitor.  The monitor exit
velocity may vary during sampling as much as —  20% of the previous 24
hours average isokinetic velocity as recorded by the electric anemometers.
The sampling duration for fluorides has been set at a minimum of four to
eight hours.

Comparison of Monitor Sampling Methods

The first two sampling methods discussed in this presentation follow the
approach which uses high volume samplers to filter a large sample of
effluent gases over an extended time period in order to determine the
particulate  concentration which fluctuates  with the activity inside the build-
ing. This presentation also  acknowledges that isokinetic sampling as defined
and applied to stack sampling is not applicable to monitor sampling.

The EPA methods  14, 13A or 13B promulgated  for the  Primary Aluminum
Industry can not necessarily be extended to other industries.   The limitation
which require the average monitor velocity, misnomered isokinetic velocity,
on the day of sampling to be  within i 20% of the average monitor  velocity
recorded in the previous 24 hours is very restrictive.  Disregarding the
changes in work activity  within the buildings which, by itself,  may result in
variation in the internal heat load to a degree producing change in the
monitor exit velocity approaching the — 20% allowable range, variations in
wind velocity by as little a 2 mph can produce as much as 20% change in
the monitor exit velocity.

Isokinetic Sampling

A method has been suggested2 in which an approximation of isokinetic
sampling may be realized.  In this procedure, reproduced hereafter, two
probes are equipped with a Model 27100 Gill Electric Propeller Ane-
mometer or equivalent,  figure (12).  Each anemometer generates a direct
current proportional to the speed of rotation of the propeller. The electric
                                -105-

-------
signal produced by virtue of rotation of the comparator anemometer
represents the velocity of the effluent gases while that of the sampling
anemometer represents the sampling velocity.  The net signal is fed into
a controller  which actuates a motorized butterfly valve towards close or
open positions till the flows through the  comparator and sampling probes
match.  Alternatively this  net signal may be fed to a control circuit
designed to adjust automatically the speed of rotation of the high volume
sampler till  an isokinetic sampling rate is achieved.

When such a system is used for sampling emissions from building monitors,
a more representative sample may be obtained if a  sampling chamber which
continuously travels from one end of the monitor  to the other end is
substituted for the stationary sampling stations, figure (13).

A cknowledgment

This work would not have been possible  without the  participation and
valuable contribution of my colleagues at Airco Speer.
References

1.   Electric Furnace Roof Monitor  Emission: Testing Methodology
     T. E.  Kreichelt & Thomas G. Keller
     64th Annual Meeting of APCA
     Atlantic City

2.   A New Approach to Roof Monitor Particulate Sampling
     A. Souka, R. Marek & L.  Gnan
     APCA Journal, April 1975
     Vol.  25,  No. 4

3.   H. Watson,  Amer.  Ind.
     Hyg. Assoc.  Quart. 15:21 (1954)

4.   R. M. Young Co.
     Gill Anemometer Brochure

5.   Federal Register
     Performance Standards for New Stationary Sources
     January 26,  1976
                                -106-

-------
I
M
o
^-J
I
               1 lb

              •'iiTiJL
        v*
"^H
7^
                  IN
                                     \ /
V
                                                              V
A
                                                                      -Jr
                                                                     A;
                                                                                              -^-P4-J-4
                      Fig.  (1) Variation of Monitor Exit Velocity With Time

-------
°°fl
                          &

                                             4-3
A>

S
              ^f
                                                                                    t
                                                                                               to:.


                                                                                                                ,_O.
      •f-
       ; I -<*t- .. i_ | — |.	J	1__|.._.[.
         -2-
       =1=0



                                                    r\
                                                         ^b
      !VN
 r
h/-^
                                                                        i«.
                                                                        1 ?-*
                                                                        '•j..


£D
                                                                                                     A
                        Fig.  (2)  Variation of Monitor Exit Velocity With Time

-------
I
I—•
o
I
                                               HIGH
                                               VOLUME
                                               SAMPLER
F1GUREO)   CROSS SECTION OF ROOF MONITOR SHOWING TEST EQUIPMENT  (Ref. 1 )

-------
Figure 4
Sampling Stations
)
"
-110-

-------
Figure 5
Volume Sampler
CI
-111-
t
,

.!-.-~
-- -
VI

-------
Figure 7
Sampling Probe
"'
-112-

-------
Figure 9
Elec. Anemometer
'"
-113-

-------
.o  1-4
    1.2
    1.0
   0.8
   0.6

                   Limit for very
                   large particles
           Perfect
                                                               ^-*  31 n
                                                            •• ^
                                       Alignment of sampling tube
                                       parallel to wind direction
                                     i    i    t   lii    i    i
         0.5
                             1.0
1.5
2.0
                   Ratio of wind speed to Inlet air speed (U */ U)
Figwre( 6)-—Diagram showing change in ratio of observed concentration Co true concentra-
  tion with departure from isokinetic conditions.  (Ref. 3)

-------
               >**H.
             l
Recorder
Ln
            W»ITWI»<1

   r..ct,ic./ 11
anemometer
                9" nozzle
                        7
                        it
                          i
       Sampler system.
           4" U-tube
                            sample/

-------
 lOr
o>
••*  i
  c
  o
(1 'io
0-, .-.

  UJ
H
       nJU
        lnhwjii
      |h|-ji::^|:
                                  .UL
                                         n
                                      4LiiiiJl.iI;
                 Luliiii
                                                 i
    12M        12M        12M

 Figure(ic» Emission rate vs. time interval, Central Station
          12M        12M
               Time
12M
                                                                    12M
12M

-------
                                       SAMPLE
                                       MANIFOLD
                                      W/8 NOZZLES
                   SAMPLE EXTRACTION
                          DUCT
                             35 on I.D.
                                                  ROOF MONITOR
/^ SAMPLE \
F~f





*&


£j

10 DUCT CIA:
EXHAUST MI8"MUM
3DUCTO.A.
MINIMUM
r~ . — I 	 1 — .y
-^

^r ^S^
NOZZLE 	
SAMPLE PORTS IN
VERTICAL Ol'CT
SECTION AS SHOWN


I—
7.5cmDIA.
POT ROOM







EXHAUST BLOUTER

     Fig.  (11-A)  Roof Monitor Sampling System.
8.13   "^020     ?f!~~l!i7
1.0.     I.D.      '-°-    '-D'
                                   — 35-
                             I
                         TO SLOWER
                                   0.35       0.025 DIA
                                   1.0.     CALIBRATION
                                              HOLE
    DIMENSIONS !N METERS
    WOT TO SCALE
      Fig. (1 1- B) Sampling Manifold and Nozzles.
                           -117-

-------
                        n
•
/
r
L&N multi
Pt.
Speedomax "
type W
recorder
50-0-50 m.v. "

^ ^
'•" ^
\
\/
n
, j
n
ii
i ! Mode
Gillane
j P^-To d
II or
|L sp
>. ~> ^
/
- /£
i o"y 
-------
      Traveling chamber
           Partition-^
High volume-\      \
  sampler
'"X
                                          Monitor top
Figure d3) Traveling chamber*

-------
        Session III:

IMPACT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

        Mary Stinson
      Session Chairman
              -121-

-------
RELATIVE IMPACTS OF OPEN SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
      T. R. Blackwood  and  J.  A.  Peters
         MONSANTO  RESEARCH  CORPORATION
                DAYTON  LABORATORY
               1515 Nicholas Road
              Dayton, Ohio    45407
                      -123-

-------
        RELATIVE IMPACTS OF OPEN SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
              T. R. Blackwood and J. A. Peters

                Monsanto Research Corporation
                        Dayton, Ohio
Abstract
     This paper describes approaches which can be taken for
comparing and assessing open sources based on the magnitude
and composition of the emissions.  An open source is an indus-
try which emits air pollutants in a primarily non-point manner.
This includes sources of fugitive gases and dusts.  These
sources can have a major impact on ambient air quality owing
to the persistence of the fine particle fraction and the dis-
perse geographical locations.  Also described are source-
oriented sampling techniques which are used to determine the
emission rate while minimizing the cost of sampling activities.

     A methodology for objective source comparison, called
source severity, is described which provides a consistent basis
for comparing the various emissions generated by a single source
as well as for comparing the environmental impact of diverse
sources.

     Open sources which have been evaluated by MRC include
the following:

                    Coal Storage
                    Sand § Gravel Processing
                    Cotton Defoliation
                    Cotton Harvesting
                    Grain Harvesting
                    Grain Elevators
                    Crushed Stone Processing
                    Surface Coal Mining
                    Crushed Granite Processing
                    Crushed Quartzite Processing

Emission factors are presented for previously estimated and
never-before-sampled open sources.  An example of the  dif-
ferences found from previous estimates for crushed stone pro-
cessing is given.
                            -124-

-------
Introduction

     An open source is an industry which emits air pollutants
in a primarily non-point manner.  Open sources are generally
large, diffuse in nature, and are often comprised of several
fugitive emission points.  Consequently, the source strength
of open sources is quite difficult to assess accurately since
emission rate is not a simple function of gas flow rate and
pollutant concentration.

     Emissions of particulates and other pollutants from open
sources have drawn increased attention in recent years because
fugitive emission problems are frequently encountered.  An
investigation of approximately 140 open sources is being con-
ducted under EPA Contract No. 68-02-1874 to provide a better
understanding of the magnitude and composition of emissions
for the purpose of determining needs for developing control
technology.  An understanding of the extent of e -issions from
open sources is also necessary to provide a perspective on the
benefits to be derived from controlling point sources.  If an
ambient air quality problem is mostly caused by fugitive and
open emissions, there is little to be gained in controlling a
few point sources.

     Some typical open sources are dusty material transfer,
crushing, sizing, screening, landfill and excavation, blasting,
ship loading and unloading, unpaved roads, molten metal trans-
fer, beef cattle feedlots, tailings ponds, coal refuse fires,
agricultural tilling, agricultural chemical application and
volatilization, harvesting activities, storage piles, and
erosion of soil.
                        Consideration

     Open sources can be easily observed adding emissions to
the atmosphere, but more often than not they are located in
sparsely populated and remote areas of the country.  Thus,
why consider a source which, on the surface, may not affect
a large segment of the population?  Unfortunately, in many
urban areas the ambient air quality standards for total sus-
pended particulates  (TSP) are not being met.  This can be shown
by looking at the yearly average TSP levels across the United
States.  Although certain industrial areas are hotspots of
air quality degradation, the high annual TSP levels in the
Western U.S. are difficult to explain or rationalize without a
consideration of open sources of particulate emissions.  Many
of these are naturally or quasi-naturally occurring.  Also, a
mounting body of data indicates that particulate matter in-
jected into the atmosphere at one location can be deposited
                            -125-

-------
at locations up to several hundred miles away.  The implica-
tion is obvious; in regions where this deposition occurs,
enforcement of strict pollution control procedures on a local
basis will have little impact upon air quality.

     On a mass emission basis, open sources certainly do ac-
count for a disproportionate part of the impact on particulate
air quality standards, as illustrated in Table I.  Unpaved
roads predominate U.S. mass emissions of particulates,  but the
influence of other open sources such as agricultural tilling,
construction activities, grain handling, crushed stone pro-
cessing, grain harvesting, and wind erosion of dormant soil
are not to be discounted.  This table lists the top 12 partic-
ulate emission sources from an overview matrix which includes
670 sources emitting criteria pollutants.
                         Measurement

     Each open source has to be measured and evaluated on an
individual basis.  This is important because the method of
evaluation depends  o how the data and information are col-
lected on the source.  Two techniques of field sampling are
briefly described below.

     Suppose that the airborne drift is to be measured from
an airplane applying a pesticide to a fieldcrop.  The field
can be divided into finite grid elements, and samplers are
placed at selected locations upwind and downwind of the site,
as shown in Figure 1.  As the applicator moves back and forth
across the field, samplers at each location can be turned
on and off to correspond to the application zone represented
by the dot in the figure.  Correlation with downwind power
law decay and crosswind variations can be accomplished without
relocating a sampler site.

     In this instance it may be important, both from a safety
as well as operational standpoint, that control be maintained
at some location where the proper perspective and overview of
the application of a toxic material could be observed.  This
is achieved by utilizing a series of sampling devices which
are controlled by radio frequency, as illustrated by the sche-
matic diagram in Figure 2.  Each individual unit can be turned
on and off at the appropriate times through the remote control
point.   We have used a pulse modulation multiplex system which
is capable of 360 simultaneous manipulations and operations.
The operation could also be converted to automatic or computer
control through the installation of proximity sensors located
throughout the field being evaluated.  With this technique a
concentration for some time period is measured  and then cor-
related back to a given application rate or area treated.
                           -126-

-------
Table I.   Overview  matrix for air pollution sources - July 1975.
Source
Unpaved .Roads
Coal-Fired Steam Electric
Utilities
Agricultural Tilling
Oil-Fired Industrial/
Commercial Boilers
Construction Activities
Grain Handling
Wind Erosion of Soil
from Dormant Land
Crushed Limestone
Coal-Fired Industrial/
Commercial Boilers
Cement Production
Steel Production
Grain Harvesting
Crushed Stone/Traprock
Lime Kilns
Crushed Granite
Mass of Emissions (1,000 kg/yr)
Particulates
99,990,000
6,059,000
5,500,000
3,633,000
3,414,000
2,935,000
2,139,000
2,034,000
1,185,000
887,000
526,000
452,000
395,000
312,000
299,000
Percent of Total
73.30
4.44
4.03
2.66
2.50
2.15
1.57
1.49
0.87
0.64
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.23
0.22
                               -127-

-------
WIND
                                                   SAMPLER
                     FIELD
                            CONTROL
          Figure  1.   Drift  sampling  approach
                      -128-

-------
I
K>
K3

I
SAMPLE IMPINGERS ON STAND
    VALVE
            DIFFERENTIAL
         PRESSURE RECORDER
  	&4	1
                    TO ATMOSPHERE
       PUMP
                                                                                   Y,
                                                                                                                   ANTENNA








_l —











_J—











_»—




[
	 1

1
                                               	J
                                             n	
                                             &	
                                             i—|	j
                                             ££—    .	
                                     SOLENOID VALVES
                                                                                                 r
                                                                        RECEIVER & BATTERY
                                                                                                      DIFFERENTIAL
                                                                                                   PRESSURE RECORDER
                                                                                                     TO ATMOSPHERE
                                                                 ORIFICE
                                                           PUMP
                                                             AC GENERATOR
             Figure  2.     Airborne  drift sampling  apparatus

-------
     Another example of open source sampling techniques for
continuously or semi-continuously emitting sources is to ob-
tain many real-time concentration readings within a plume,
preferably at several downwind distances along the centerline.
Figure 3 shows such a system which is fully portable and con-
sists of a portable anemometer, a beta attenuator dust monitor,
and a personnel cassette sampler.  Accurate (±25%) concentra-
tion readings can be rapidly taken with this system and it
reduces field sampling costs by about 75% compared to Hi-volume
sampler arrays.  Also, particle size separation between the
respirable fraction (<10 v) and TSP (<50 y) can be accomplished.
                       Source Severity

     A methodology has been developed which provides a consis-
tent basis for comparing various emissions generated by a
single and for comparing the environmental hazard between dif-
ferent single sources.  Called the source severity, this multi-
faceted approach can compare, in a relative fashion, an open
source with an elevated point source, an open source with
another open source, one pollutant emission with another pol-
lutant emission, the components of a pollutant with the whole
pollutant (e.g., free silica, Pb, Cd), one location of emis-
sions with another location, and the effects of emission param-
eter changes.  As an assessment tool, the source severity
approach has proved to be extremely flexible and useful.  A
discussion of its development and types of use follow.

     The air pollution severity of a given source should in
some way be proportional to the degree of potential hazard it
imposes on a population in its environment.  The relative
hazard, H, from a specific emission can be defined as being
directly proportional to the delivered dose, the probability
of dase delivery, and the number of people who receive it, and
inversely proportional to the toxicity of the material as
follows:
                    S a H a
NPijj
LD50
(1)
where        S = source severity
             H = relative hazard
             N = number of persons
          LD50 = lethal dose for 50% of the people  exposed
             P = probability of dose delivery
             ijj = delivered dose = B • R'  • /x(t)dt
             B = average breathing rate
            R' = lung retention factor
          x(t) = concentration time history
                            -130-

-------
ANEMOMETER
 WEATHER POLE
                            ANEMOMETER
                             HOUSING
                                 CYCLONE SEPARATOR
                                         RESPIRABLE DUST
                                            MONITOR
                                          SAMPLING PLATFORM

                                  STOPWATCH
                                     TRIPOD STAND
     Figure  3.    Sampling apparatus
                   -131-

-------
     The source severity, S, has been defined as the ratio of
the dose of a pollutant delivered to a population relative to
some potentially hazardous dose.  Since LD50 data are not avail-
able for humans as a measure of hazardous dose, another measure
was used.  The potentially hazardous dose for a given pollutant
from a specific point source is defined instead as:
                             7
NBR' /     TLV(t]Kdt          (2)
 where       ty^ =  potentially hazardous  dose,  g
              N =  population exposed to  a specific source,
                  persons
              B =  average  breathing  rate, m3/s-person
             R'  =  lung retention factor  for the pollutant of
                  interest (dimensionless factor,  0 
-------
where     x(t)  =  the  actual  ground  level  concentration  time
                  history  of  a  pollutant of  interest  emitted
                  by a specific point  source,  g/m3

The value of x(t)  is  very difficult to obtain and was therefore
approximated by an average value, 7.  The total  actual  dose
delivered for a specific  pollutant  from a specific source is
then:
                              B  •  R
                                                        (7)
Since our measure of  source  severity  was  defined as the ratio
of the two dosages, then:
               c  = lA  =  N  •  B  •  R'  •  T  • y
               b   ^F    N  •  B  •  R*  •  T  • F             (8)

or                          r.  Y
                            s = f                      (9)

The above term for source  severity  results in a simple ratio
of the time-averaged concentration  to a potentially hazardous
concentration from a single  source, although it is based on
dosage.  Ambient  concentration measurements around a source
are commonly considered  as  the primary  entity and dosage
derived from them.  From the experimental point of view, the
inverse is true;  mostly  dosage is observed and, at the price
of involved assumptions, a  concentration valid for some
smoothing or sampling  time  is reported.

     In order to  calculate  the source severity, "x/F> and the
affected population, the Gaussian plume dispersion model is
employed, which relates  the  concentration of pollutant oc-
curring at ground level  at  any given  distance from the source
of emissions to the rate and height of  the emissions and the
local wind velocity.   The ground level  concentration is of
primary importance since it ;is the  one  to which the human
population is exposed.   Also, the rate  and height of emissions
are quantities which can be  readily measured and/or compiled.

     For elevated point  sources  the maximum ground level con-
centration, Xmax  Cref. 1),  is used  to determine the numerator
of source severity:
                             20 o
                    Y    =	L_                     (10)
                    *max
                           -133-

-------
where     x  x = maximum ground level concentration  (3-min
                 averaging time), g/m3
             IT = 3.14
             e = 2.72
             u = wind speed, m/s
             h = emission height, m
            a  = vertical dispersion coefficient, m
             £
            a  = horizontal dispersion coefficient,  m

             Q = emission rate, g/s

The above equation yields a value for a short-term averaging
time  (^3 min) during which the Gaussian plume dispersion
equation is valid.  For a continuously emitting  source, the
average maximum concentration, Ymax> is a function of  sampling
time, t, and it can be related to Xmax as follows  (ref. 2):
                    xmax   xmax  \ t2  /                  (11)
where       tj = 3 min
            t2 = 24 hr
             p = 0.17

We use national average meteorological  conditions  since  they
prevail at most locations and it simplifies  the  comparison
process; thus, atmospheric stability is approximately neutral
(class C assumed), wind speed is 4.5 m/s,  and  a  ^ a   (ref. 2)
                                               y   z
or:
                            a
                            — Si1-0                    (12)
                             y
The severity equation becomes:
               S =   =         \   /  -                (13)
                             o
                       TT -.r          _
                       TLV  -7T   • TM
or
              (2) (105) Q o
          s = - z =   b-b M —                (14)
              ireuh2 a   (TLV)    (TLV) h2
                           -134-

-------
     Since the criteria pollutants  (participates  SO   NO
and HC) have established ambient  air quality standards
propriate standard  (in g/m3)  is substituted for ^efo
hazard factor, F.   Severity equations  for each of the five
criteria-pollutants   Ve alS°  been  derived, and the only data
                                                            rn
                                                              '
     For most open sources, which are ground level sources
(h = 0) , Xmax occurs by definition at the nearest plant bound
ary or public access.  Since this also occurs when y = 0, the
appropriate equation to calculate the "maximum" concentration
is (ref. 2):
                         x  =
                                                       C15)
By letting D equal the distance  to  the occurrence of Xmax for
ground level sources  (ref.  3):
                         ay =  0.209D0-903

                         az =  0.113D0-911

Thus, Xmax i-5 determined as follows:

                        =  42.56 Q
                                                       (16)

                                                       (17)
It will be noted that, under  average meteorological conditions,
the xmax equations are identical with  the algebraic substitu-
tion of:
                    h2 =  0.01737D1-81"
                                                       (19)
If a ground level source  is  a  line  or  area  source rather than
a point source, it is treated  in  a  similar  fashion to calculate
source severity.
     Once source severities  have  been  determined, one of the
uses is to compare locationally a source's  impact on the popu-
lation.  Affected population designates  the number of persons
exposed to high concentrations, e.g.,  those for which ymdx/F
>1.0.  This quantity  is useful in characterization because a
given source may have a high severity, yet, if it is located
in a sparsely populated area it may  have  only a small effect
on human health.
                           -135-

-------
     Another form of the plume dispersion equation is needed
to calculate the affected population since the population is
assumed to be distributed uniformly around the source.   If the
wind directions are taken to 16 points and it is assumed that
the wind directions within each sector are distributed ran-
domly over a period of a month or season, it can be assumed
that the effluent is uniformly distributed in the horizontal
within the sector.  The appropriate equation for the average
concentration as a function of distance, x(X), is (ref. 2):
               Y(X) =
                      2.03 Q
                       a uX
                  exp
(20)
where
 Q =
 h =
 X =
 u =
a_ =
                 emission rate, g/s
                 effective emission height, m
                 downwind distance from source
                 4.5 m/s
                 0.113 x°-911 = vertical dispersion
                 coefficient  m
                                                m
To find the distances at which x(X)/F > 1.0, roots are deter
mined for the following equation:
                                              -1.0
                                                       (21)
Since Equation 21 is a transcendental equation the roots are
found by an iterative technique using the computer.
     For a specified emission from a typical source,
function of distance might look as follows:
        x_
        F
         O.I _
                                                         as a
                  DI STANCE FROM SOURCE
                           -136-

-------
with Xi and X2  being  the distances where S = 1  0    If  those
distances are  swept through 360°,  an annulus is obtained  con
taming the affected  population:
The affected  area  in  km2  is then computed as:

                    A =  Tr(X22  -  Xl2)                    (22)

where Xi and  X2  are the  two roots of  Equation  21.

     The population density, Dp, of the  area of  concern  is
determined and the product  A • Dp is  designated  as  the affected
population and reported  as  number of  persons.


Experimental  Results

     In order to apply source  severity methodology  in an assess-
ment of open  source types,  extensive  field sampling was con-
ducted so that emission  rates  could be compiled.  The simplest
way to take a "first  look"  at  many open  sources  is  to sample a
source thought to be  representative of the whole and estimate
the emission  factor.   Tables II  through V,  present  the emission
factors determined for open coal mining and storage, agricultural
activities, fugitive  emission  sources  at  grain elevators, and
crushed stone quarrying  and processing,  respectively.  The em-
phasis was given to determining  the fine  particle,  or respirable
(<7 ym), fraction where dust emissions were concerned.   It is
this fraction which will  impact  human  health and is likely to
disperse extensively  beyond plant boundaries.


Comparison of Emission Factors with Previous Studies

     Table VI compares the  emission factors as determined by
downwind ambient sampling with those  estimated in the Compila-
tion of Air Pollutant  Emission Factors (ref. 4).  As can be
seen,  the emission factors  for crushed stone processing as
determined in our work are  two orders  of  magnitude  lower than
previous estimates.
                           -137-

-------
            Table II.   Coal emission factors.
Source Type
Surface Coal Mining
Drilling
Coal Loading
Transport § Unloading
Blasting
Augering
Coal Storage
Emission Factor,
Ib/ton (resp)
0.025
3.2 x 10"3
3.4 x 10"3
9.7 x 10"3
8.3 x 10"3
1.6 x 10'" 3
0.013
        Table III.   Agricultural emission factors.
Source Type
Cotton Defoliation
(w/Arsenic Acid)
Cotton Harvesting
Picking
Stripper
Grain Harvesting
Emission Factor
12.2

2.63
24.6
2.34
Ib/ton

lb/mi2
lb/mi2
lb/mi2


(resp)
(resp)
(resp)
       Table IV.   Grain elevator emission factors.
        Unit Operation
Emission Factor,
 Ib/ton (resp)
Truck Unloading
  Uncontrolled
  Controlled
Truck Loading
Hopper Railcar Loading
Ship Loading
      0.272
      0.0028
      0.0011
      0.0031
      0.0013
                          -138-

-------
                           Table V.    Emission  factors  for  aggregate unit operations.
u>
VO
I
Unit Operation
Drilling
Blasting
Loading at Quarry and
Vehicular Transport to Plant
Unloading and Primary Crushing
and Screening
Secondary Crushing and Screening
Conveying
Unpaved Road Traffic Between
Finished Stockpile and Nearest
Paved Highway
TOTAL
Fraction Respirable, by Weight
Emission Factor for
TSP in Ib/ton of Material
Processed Through Primary Crusher
Granite
-
0.16
_
-
0.044
-
0.048
0.25
61
Traprock
-
-
0.02
0.026
0.002
0.004
0.002
0.056
11%
Limestone
-
-
0.004
0.002
-
-
-
0.006
171
Quartzite
0.060
-
0.34
-
0.024
-
-
0.42
6%

-------
          Table  VI.    Comparison of  the emission factors at  traprock plants
                                for AP-42 and  MRC  sampling.
Operation
Primary Crushing
Secondary Crushing
and Screening
Tertiary Crushing
and Screening
Fines Milling
Recrushing and
Screening
TOTAL
AP-42
Uncontrolled
Total
Emissions,
g/raetric ton
250( 0.5)a
7SO( 1.5)
3,000( 6.0)
3,000( 6.0)
2,SOO( 5.0)
9,500(19.0)
Percent
Settling
in Plant
80
60
40
25
50
41
Suspended
Emissions ,
g/metric ton
50( 0.1)
300( 0.6)
1,800( 3.6)
2,250( 4.5)
1,2SO( 2.5)
5,605(11.3)
MRC (Sampling at Traprock Plants)
Total
Particulate
Emissions,
g/metric ton
13 (0.026)
1 (0.002)
0.4(0.0008)
0.1(0.0002)

14.5(0.03)
Percent
Respirable
Emissions
10
55
18
16

15
Respirable
Emissions ,
g/metric ton
1.3(2.6xlO-3)
0.6(1.2xlO"3)
0.1(2.0x10-")
0.2(4.0x10-")

2.2(4.4xlO~3)
Note:  Blanks indicate no data reported.

  a'  Numbers in parentheses are in English units, i.e., pounds per ton.

-------
     There are several possible explanations for these differ-
ences.  Our emission factors were determined by measuring am-
bient air concentrations  around a source and then calculating
the emission rate using a dispersion  equation.  The samplers
were placed about 30 m to 40 m away from the source and  thus
did not measure particles, that settled between the source and'
the samplers.  Based on a particle count on high volume filters
the samplers did not collect particles more than 40 ym in diam-'
eter.  Thus, the emission factor for  total particulates in-
cludes only particulates  less than 40 ym in diameter.

     On the other hand, the previous  emission factor estimates
were based on the results of sampling the dust loading at the
inlet of a baghouse used  to control dust emissions from crushing
and screening operations  at a crushed traprock plant, and on the
assumption that about 41% of the emitted particulates settle
within the plant.  High air flows encountered in baghouse ducts
cause the entrainment of  very large particles (up to about
350 ym in diameter) , so the emission  factor for total partic-
ulates based on the dust  loading at the baghouse inlet may be
an inflated value.

     One of the purposes  of determining an emission factor is to
estimate the ambient air  concentrations due to a source.  The
sampling methods outlined in this report allow a more realistic
estimate of source emissions than previously reported since
they are based on measurements of air concentrations around the
contributing source of  interest.  Based on this, the emission
factors in Tables TI through V will predict, using the same
dispersion methodology, real-life ambient air contributions of
sources.

     Future plans call  for  a more extensive evaluation of the
major sources of emission,  overall mass emissions, respirable
mass emissions and composition of some of these sources, and
a more complete analysis  in order to  best judge relative
severity and emission,burden.


Acknowledgment

     Funds for conducting this research were provided by the
Industrial Environmental  Research Laboratory of the Environ-
mental Protection Agency  at Research  Triangle Park> North
Carolina.
                           -141*

-------
References

1.  Meteorology and Atomic Energy 1968, D. H. Slade (ed.)?
    U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, (NTIS TID-24190), July
    1968, 445 p.

2.  D. B. Turner, Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates,
    U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Cincinnati,
    Public Health Service Publication No. 999-AP-26, May 1970,
    65 p.

3,  E. C. Eimutis and M. B. Konicek, Derivations of Continuous
    Functions for the Lateral and Vertical Atmospheric Dispersion
    Coefficients, Atmospheric Environment, 6^:859-863, March 1972.

4.  Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, U. S. Environ-
    mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, Office of
    Air Programs, Publication No. AP-42, 1972, pp. 8-19.
                           -142-

-------
THE IMPACT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
        OF FINE PARTICLES
                by

       Chatten Cowherd,  Ph.D.
    Midwest Research Institute
               -143-

-------
                     THE IMPACT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
                             OF FINE PARTICLES
Introduction
     Failure to attain national ambient  air quality standards for total
suspended particulates (TSP) in both urban and rural areas has spurred
a detailed reexamination of the national TSP problem.  As a result of this
assessment, it has become evident that fugitive emissions sources contri-
bute substantially to TSP levels in many of the nonattainment areas. The
regional impact of fugitive sources of particulate matter is the result
of emissions of fine particles which have the potential for atmospheric
transport over substantial distances from the source.

     Analysis of the impact of fugitive emissions of particulate matter
must take into account the ranges of particle size associated with the ad-
verse effects of particulate air pollution. As shown in Figure 1, most of
the recognized adverse effects are attributable to fine particles, i.e.,
particles smaller than about 10 p,m in equivalent aerodynamic diameter,
which may be transported over distances of regional scale. By way of con-
trast, soiling phenomena which result from the rapid settling of coarse
particles, tends to be confined to localized areas in the vicinity of the
source.

     This paper  focuses  on two topics critical to the assessment of the
impact of fugitive emissions of fine particles:  (a) methods for fugitive
emissions quantification, and (b) analysis of the potential for atmospheric
transport of particulate matter.

Methods for Fugitive Emissions Quantification

     The quantification of particulate emissions from fugitive sources is
necessary to the rational assessment of the environmental impact created
by these sources and to the development of effective control technology.
In addition to mass rates of emission, information is needed on particle
size distribution and the presence of toxic constituents  within  specific
size ranges.

     In large part, proven methods for quantifying fugitive  emissions have
not been fully developed. Atypical quantification problems  are  presented
by the diffuse and variable nature of fugitive  sources.  Standard  source
testing methods, as written, strictly apply only to well  defined,  con-
strained flow fields with velocities above about 2 m/sec.
                                  -144-

-------
I
j
   Atmospheric
   Electricity
   Atmospheric
   Visibility
   Condensation
   Nuclei for Precipitation
   Soiling Phenomena
   (Horizontal Surfaces)
Upper Respiratory
Tract Deposition in Man
Peripheral Airways and
Alveolar Deposition-Man
   Soiling Phenomena
   (Verticol Surfaces)
   Atmospheric
   Chemistry (Gos-Solid)
                                     W//////////
                                                                               y///////////.
/ Main Aerosol Moss
                                                                    Comprising//^//
                                                                            ////.
                                                                         I
                         irr
                                 10-3        10~2         10'1         10°
                                                      Particle Diameter -
                      10'
102
          Figure 1  -  Effects of Particulate  Air Pollution versus Particle Size'

-------
     MRI has employed two basic  sampling  strategies to quantify emissions
from open dust sources:   exposure profiling and dispersion model calcula-
tion. Each of these techniques is discussed below.

     Exposure profiling;   Particulate  emissions from an open source can be
determined directly by measuring the total passage of airborne particulate
matter (after subtraction of background) at some distance downwind of the
source. This method is feasible  (a) for area  sources smaller than about
0.1 km in diameter or (b) for line (elongated area) sources of width smaller
than 0.1 km.

     The passage of airborne particulates can be  obtained by spatial integra-
tion (over the effective cross-section of the plume) of distributed measure-
ments of exposure (mass/area). The exposure is the point value of the flux
(mass/area-time) of airborne particulates integrated over the time of measure-
ment. Mathematically stated, the total mass emission rate is given by
                           1  ff «(h.w)
                           tJJ.
where     m = particulate catch by exposure sampler after subtraction  of
              background

          a = effective intake area of sampler

          t = sampling time

          h = vertical distance coordinate

          w = lateral distance coordinate

          A = effective cross-sectional area of plume

     In order to obtain an accurate measurement of airborne particulate ex-
posure, sampling must be conducted isokinetically, i.e., flow streamlines
enter the sampler rectilinearly. This means that the sampling intake must
be aimed directly into the wind and, to the extent possible, the sampling
velocity must equal the local wind speed. The first condition is by far
the more critical.

     A variation in the exposure profiling method has recently been developed
by MRI for application to buoyant plumes emitted by pyrometallurgical processes^
This method utilizes a two-dimensional grid of thermocouples, horizontally
                                   -146-

-------
distributed above the source, for  temporal and  spatial characterization of
the plume. Laboratory experiments  have  shown  that plume temperature and con-
centration profiles are  linearly related.

     Dispersion model calculation^:   Atmospheric dispersion models can also
be used to calculate rates  of emission  from area sources based on ground-
level measurement of upwind and downwind air  quality under known meteorolog-
ical conditions. This method of emissions quantification is required when
the extent of vertical dispersion  at the downwind edge of the source is too
large to  allow for ground-based characterization of the vertical exposure
profile.

Atmospheric Transport of Fugitive  Dust

     This section presents  an assessment of factors which determine the
drift distances of fugitive dust particles in the atmosphere. Drift dis-
tance is  defined as  the  horizontal displacement from the point of parti-.
culate  injection to  the  point of particulate  removal by ground-level
deposition.

     Factors to be considered in this assessment may be grouped into two
categories:

     1.   Meteorological  factors -  properties  of the atmosphere which affect
contaminant advection and turbulent diffusion over  surfaces  of varying
roughness scales.

     2.   Source factors  - height of injection and particulate properties
which affect gravitational settling and vertical mixing.

This assessment does not treat  atmospheric washout  of  particulate matter.

     Meteorological  factors:  Fugitive dust  particles  are  typically injected
into the  lower portion of the "surface layer" region of the  atmosphere which
extends from ground  level to a  height of about 100 m.  In this region the pro-
file of the wind and its turbulence characteristics  are strongly dependent
on surface roughness properties.

     For  neutral atmospheric stability, the vertical profile of mean wind
speed,  u(z) , in the surface layer is described by  a  logarithmic relationship:
                             u(z)  .JL*(L\                         (2)
                                   -147-

-------
where     u* = friction velocity

           k = von Kantian1 s constant (0.4 for clear fluids)

          z  = surface roughness height

Neutral stability occurs with wind speed exceeding 12 mph or with over-
cast conditions regardless of wind speed.

     The friction velocity, u^ , is related to the rate of momentum exchange
at the surface:
                             u* "  T0/Pa)                               (3)

where     TO = surface shear stress

          pa = density of air

Within the surface layer, the vertical flux of momentum (and hence u.) is
known to be roughly constant and the eddy diffusivity is given by


                            c  (z)  - ku* z                               (4)
     Aerodynamic roughness height, z0 , is related to the size, shape and
spatial density of the roughness elements. Based on similarity concepts
Lettau2/ has derived the following expression for evenly spaced elements:
                                                                         (5)
where     H = effective height of roughness elements

          a = silhouette area normal to the wind

          A » total ground area per element

         1/2 • average drag coefficient.

     Figure 2 gives roughness heights for various natural and man-made
roughness features.
                                   -148-

-------
       High Rise Buildings.
       (30+Floors) I/
         Suburban
         Medium Buildings-
         (Institutional) I/
u
X
O
UJ
X

«2   Suburban
Z
x
O

§
                        2/
    Residential Dwellings
            Wheat Field •*•/
            Plowed Field
Zo (cm)

  1000
—800-
—600-

—400-
                               —200-
—80.0-
—60.0-

—40.0-
                                 -20.0-H
                                  10.0
                        4/
           Natural Snow— 	•
                                  100
  -8.0
  -6.0
  -4.0-



  -2.0-


   1.0
                               I—0.8-
                                 -0.6-
                               U0.4-J
                                  -0.2—J
   0.1
                                           Urban Area
                                           Woodland Forest -2
                                          I           *^ /
                                          r Grassland —'
          Figure 2 - Roughness  Heights for Various Surfaces
                                -149-

-------
     Source factors;  The primary source factors  which affect  the  drift
distance of a fugitive dust particle are injection height,  h ,  and particle
settling velocity, Vs , which may be approximated by the Stoke's relation-
ship:


                            V  = 0.00301 p  D2                           (6)
                             s            p

where     V  = terminal settling velocity (cm/sec)
           s
                                        3
          p  = density of particle (g/cm )
           P
           D = particle diameter (p-m)

Fugitive dust particles typically have a mineral  composition with a density
of about 2.5 g/cm3.

     Calculation of drift distance:  In the past, most analyses of the
atmospheric dispersion of particles with appreciable settling tendencies
have focused on the distribution of settling rate, S(x) , expressed as:
                              S(x) = V  C (x)                           (7)
                                      s  o


where     C  — the ground-level concentration of particulate with settling
               velocity  V

           x = downwind distance from the source

Accordingly, an Eulerian approach to the problem has been taken.

     However, analysis of particle drift with no net effect of atmospheric
turbulence, is most conveniently treated by a Lagrangian approach. This is
illustrated in the following section.

          Case 1:  Monodisperse particles, single injection height,
negligible turbulence effect.

          Consider the case of a steady stream of monodisperse particles
released from a continuous crosswind line source at height  h .  It is  assumed
that each particle during its lifetime in the atmosphere is subjected  to  a
balanced set of vertical turbulent velocity fluctuations with the result  that
the particle does not deviate appreciably from the trajectory it would have
in the absence of turbulence.
                                  -150-

-------
          The vertical position,  z   , of the particle as a function of time
is given by
                                z  (t) = h-V t
                                P         s


Substitution of Eq. (8) into  Eq.  (2) gives the following expression for
the horizontal speed of the particle:
                                                                        (9)
          The particle drift distance, x   , is given by:
                                                                       (10)
where the upper limit of integration is the lifetime of the particle in
the atmosphere. Integration of  Eq.  (10) yields
                                                                       (11)
          To determine the effect of injection height and roughness height
on the drift distance of particles  of given aerodynamic sizes, the wind
speed at z - 100 m was fixed at 6.9 m/s  (15.4 mph) and friction velocities
were determined from Eq. (2). The results are shown in Table 1 for injec-
tion heights of 1, 3 and 10 m and for roughness heights spanning the range
given in Table 1. Figure 3 shows the variations of  Xp  for h = 3 m, measured
above  z  .
        o
          As expected, for particles of  a given size, drift distance in-
creases with injection height and decreases with roughness height. The latter
effect is a direct result of the decrease in wind velocity near the surface
caused by obstacles to the flow.

          Case 2;  Monodisperse particles, single injection height, turbulent
atmosphere.
                                  -151-

-------
                                    Table 1.  PARTICLE DRIFT DISTANCES CALCULATED FROM EQ.  (11)
NO
I
Injection Roughness
height,^ height,
h zo
(m) (m)
1 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
3 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
1.00
10 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
1.00
Friction
velocity,
u*
(cm/ sec)
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
60.0
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
60.0
Drift distance, xp , by particle size
30 Rm
40.6 m
29.5
24.2
12.5
157.1 m
128.2
112.9
73.5 ,
56.4
655 m
582
541
423
363
20 urn
91.2 m
66.4
54.4
28.1
353 m
288
254
165
127
1,474 m
1,309
1,216
952
816
10 urn
366 m
266
218
113
1,418 m
1,157
1,019
663
509
5.92 km
5.25
4.88
3.82
3.28
5 um
1,460 m
1,060
871
450
5.66 km
4.62
4.07
2.65
2.03
23.6 km
21.0
19.5
15.3
13.1
1 urn
36.6 km
26.7
21.8
11.3
141.8 km
115.7
101.9
66.3
50.9
592 km
525
488
382
328
              a/   Injection height measured above roughness height

-------
Ul
OJ
                                                                                                    Injection Height (h) = 3 m above  zo
                                                                                                   ———  Natural Snow (zo= 0.1 cm)
                                                                                                   	Plowed Field (z0= 1.0cm)
                                                                                                   ————  Grassland (zo = 3.0 cm)
                                                                                                   ———  Suburban Residential
                                                                                                           Dwelling (ZQ- 5.0 cm)
                                                                                                   ———  Suburban Medium
                                                                                                           Building (zo= 70.0 cm)
                                                                                                                 I	1	1	1^»  i  '  I
                                                              JO3                                   104

                                                                        DRIFT DISTANCE (meters)
105
                                     Figure 3  -  Relationship  Between Particle  Size and  Drift Distance

-------
           The analysis presented under Case 1 assumed that all particles
 generated  from a particular fugitive dust source were deposited at the same
 point  downwind (x  ).  Clearly, however, particles subjected to a preponderance
 of  downward  turbulent velocity fluctuations will settle from the atmosphere
 at  distances less  than  xp  and particles propelled above the trajectory de-
 fined  above  may drift far beyond  xp . In other words, because of the random
 nature of  turbulent velocities, x^  approximates the distance at which half
 of  the particles have deposited on the surface.

           The specific question addressed here has to do with the form of
 the settling rate  distribution. Recalling Eq. (7), this problem reduces to
 finding the  distribution of ground-level concentration by solving the ap-
 propriate  transport equations and accompanying boundary conditions.

           The phenomena of quasi-steady advection and turbulent diffusion
 from a continuous  line source under the condition of uniform wind speed is
 described  by the following equation:
                      u ac = pu4_f z *cY .v   dc
                                         )
                        dx   '  dzV  dzl   's  dT                      (12)


 where     C = particulate concentration

           U = uniform speed of crosswind

           p = turbulence parameter

 The uniform wind  speed,  U , is assumed  to have  the value given by the Case
 1 velocity profile at z  = h.  The  quantity pUz becomes the coefficient of
 eddy diffusivity.

           Although Eq. (12) is not amenable to  analytical solution for the
.case in point,  it  has been shown&/ that the distribution of ground-level
 concentration has  the following form:
                                      -h/px
                           00(30 = A
where     A «  constant
                                  -154-

-------
The function given in  Eq.  (13),  and  hence  the  settling rate, reaches
maximum at:
                                                                       (14)
and then decays to  zero  as   x-*  <*> .  Values for  x^.^   are given in Table 2
based on values of  p  determined by comparing the two forms of the eddy
diffusivity, yielding


                                 p = ku^/U                             (15)

           The  constant  A  in Eq. (13) may be evaluated by  equating the
emission rate   E   to  the integrated settling rate.
                                       V    *  a                      <16>
                                        o

 With the transformation  y = b/x  where  b = h/p ,  the above  equation
 becomes
                                                                        (17)
                                                  b1
 where  TO*)  is the gamma function.

           Similarly it can be shown that the mass fraction  K  of  particles
 remaining suspended beyond some distance  x  is given by:
                                                                        (18)
 where the incomplete gamma function  r(or,b/x)  is defined as
                        F (",£)=/      e-yy«-*dy                    (19)
                                   o
                                   -155-

-------
Table  2.   DISTANCES  TO POINT OF MAXIMUM SETTLING,
                                                                                         CALCULATED FROM EQ. (14)
ON
 I
Injection Roughness
height, height,
h zo
(m) (m)
1 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
3 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
- 1.00
10 0.01
0.05
0.10
0.50
1.00
Turbulence
parameter,
P
0.0347
0.0534
0.0695
0.2308
0.0281
0.0391
0.0470
0.0893
0.1456
0.0232
0.0302
0.0347
0.0534
0.0695
Friction
u*
(cm/sec)
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
60.0
30.0
36.4
40.0
52.2
60.0
Values of or and XQ,
30
or
0.564
0.465
0.423
0.324
0.564
0.465
0.423
0.324
0.282
0.564
0.465
0.423
0.324
0.282
Urn
xma,xj
18.4
12.8
10.1
3.27
68.3
52.4
44.9
25.4
16.1
276
226
203
141
112
20 urn
a ,Xmax,
0.251 23.0
0.207 15.5
0.188 12.1
0.144 3.79
0.251 85.3
0.207 63.6
0.188 53.7
0.144 29.4
0.125 18.3
0.251 345
0.207 274
0.188 243
0.144 164
0.125 128
ax (m) by particle size
10
or
0.0625
0.0515
0.0469
0.0359
0.0625
0.0515
0.0469
0.0359
0.0312
0.0625
0.0515
0.0469
0.0359
0.0312
Urn
Xmax
27.1
17.8
13.7
4.18
100.5
73.0
61.0
32.4
20.0
406
315
275
181
140
5
Of
0.0157
0.0129
0.0118
0.0090
0.0157
0.0129
0.0118
0.0090
0.0078
0.0157
0.0129
0.0118
0.0090
0.0078
Vim
"max
28.4
18.5
14.2
4.29
105.1
75.7
63.1
33.3
20.4
424
327
285
186
143
1 urn
or
0.00062
0.00052
0.00047
0.00036
0.00062
0.00052
0.00047
0.00036
0.00031
0.00062
0.00052
0.00047
0.00036
0.00031
"max
28.8
18.7
14.4
4.33
106.7
76.7
63.8
33.6
20.6
431
331
288
187
144

-------
          The above analysis assumes that particles of all sizes are uni-
formly responsive to turbulent diffusion. More realistically, the time
constant of particle response to vertical velocity fluctuations increases with
increasing aerodynamic particle size.

          In studies of  the vertical flux of particulates over an agricul-
tural field undergoing wind erosion, Gillette  et  al.-£' have characterized
this phenomena in terms  of the ratio   Vg/u* .  If  settling velocity is small
compared to the root mean square velocity fluctuation, i.e., Vs/u*'< 0.1,
the particulate is  dispersed  as a  gas. On the  other hand for  Vs/u* '** 1,
settling effects begin to predominate. Clearly,  in the latter case, the
settling distribution is more strongly focused around the distance  X  .
                                                                     P
           Case 3;   Polydisperse particles,  distributed injection height,
turbulent  atmosphere.

           This case is  treated by separately analyzing the  dispersion of
particles  within narrow size ranges and injection height  ranges and by
 superimposing  the  results.  The analytical techniques  to  be  used are those
 described  above.
                                    -157-

-------
References

1.  Corn, M., "Particle Size:  Relationship to Collector Performance, Emis-
      sion  Standards and Ambient  Air  Quality," presented at Technical Session
      41 of the Second International  Air Pollution Conference of the Inter-
      national Union of Air Pollution Prevention Associations, Washington,
      D.C., December 10, 1970.

2.  Lettau, H. H., "Physical and  Meteorological Basis for Mathematical
      Models of Urban Diffusion Processes," Chapter 2, Proceedings of
      Symposium on Multiple-Source  Urban Diffusion Models. U. S. Environ-
      mental Protection Agency, Publication No. AP-86 (1970).

3.  Davenport, A. G., "The Relationships of Wind Structure to Wind Loading,
      in Wind Effects on Buildings  and Structures," National Physical
      Laboratory, Symposium 16, Her Majesty's Stationary Office, London
      (1965).

4.  Deacon, E. L., "Vertical Diffusion in the Lowest Layers of the
      Atmosphere." Quarterly J. Royal Meteorological Society. 7Ji.:89  (1949).

5.  Gillette, D. A., and P. A. Goodwin, "Microscale Transport of Sand-
      Sized Soil Aggregates Eroded  by Wind." J. of Geophysical Research.
      79.(27):4080-4084, September 20, 1974.

6.  Bosanquet, C. H., and J. L. Pearson, "The Spread of Smoke and Gases
      from  Chimneys," Trans. Faraday  Soc.. 32_:1249-1264 (1936).

7.  Gillette, D. A., and I. H. Blifford, Jr., "The Influence of Wind
      Velocity on Size Distribution of Aerosols Generated by the Wind
      Erosion of Soils." J. Geophysical Research. 79(27):4068-4075,
      September 20, 1974.
                                   -158-

-------
                                PEDCo - ENVIRONMENTAL
                                      SUITE13  •  ATKINSON SQUARE
                                            CINCINNATI. OHIO  -45246
                                                       513 / 77 1 -433O
           FACTORS  INFLUENCING EMISSIONS FROM FUGITIVE
                            DUST SOURCES
                                 by
                           George A.  Jutze
                           Kenneth Axetell
                         Presented  at the
                 "SYMPOSIUM ON FUGITIVE EMISSIONS"
                           May 16-19,  1976
                       Hartford, Connecticut
      Sponsored by:   U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY
              BRANCH  OFFICES

Suite 110. Crown Center              Suite 104-A, Professional Village
Kansas City, Mo. 64108                Chapel Hill, N.C. 27514
                             -159-

-------
         FACTORS INFLUENCING EMISSIONS FROM FUGITIVE
                        DUST SOURCES

           by George A. Jutze and Kenneth Axetell

     Emissions from fugitive dust sources are known to be
highly variable over time and geographic area and dependent
on a number of different parameters.  While developing
emission factors for fugitive dust sources during the past
three years, PEDCo has attempted to identify the specific
parameters which influence emission rates most and to derive
general expressions describing the relationships between
these parameters and resulting emissions  (correction func-
tions to the emission factors).
     At least six different parameters have been found to
substantially affect fugitive dust emission rates:

     0    soil type
     0    windspeed
     0    surface moisture
     0    precipitation
     0    vegetative cover
     0    traffic activity across the surface.

This paper discusses the theoretical basis for the relation-
ship between each of these parameters and emission rate  and
presents a quantitative method for estimating the effect of
each.
                         -160-

-------
SOIL TYPE

     Soil type affects almost all fugitive dust sources,
since it is usually the native soil from the surface of the
source that becomes airborne as the suspended particulate
emission.  Two different characteristics of soil are most
important in determining emission rates:   (1) soil struc-
ture, or its resistance to breakdown into its component
particles; and  (2) soil texture, or the size distribution of
the individual component particles.  Such factors as cloddi-
ness  (soil cohesion), surface crusting, bulk density, and
mechanical stability give a soil its "structure."  Soil
texture provides an indication of the potential amount of
suspended particulate that can result if wind erosion or
repeated mechanical disturbance of the soil causes the
disintegration of the soil's natural structure.
     The particle size distribution, or texture, of a soil
is an important factor in defining a soil's structure.  For
example, soils containing a high proportion of silt form the
most stable clods and most compact crust.   Since the two
soil characteristics which affect emission rate are somewhat
dependent on one another, soil scientists have generally
used soil texture as the single basis for comparing the
erodibilities and potential dust emission rates of different
soils.
     The standard measure of dust losses from soil surfaces
is the erodibility index, I, in units of ton/acre/yr.  This
index estimates the relative erodibility of different soil
surfaces, not the actual quantities erodible under field
conditions.  The erodibility indexes for different soil
textures are shown in Table 1.
     In previous fugitive dust emission factor development,
either the erodibility index or the percent silt was used as
the correction function to account for different soil
                          -161-

-------
       Table 1.   ERODIBILITY AND AVERAGE PERCENT SUSPENDED
             PARTICULATE-SIZED PARTICLES BY SOIL TYPE
Soil texture
Erodibility index,
   ton/acre/yra
Aggregates < 0.05 nun,
 percent by weight*3
Sand
Loamy sand
Sandy loam
Clay
Silty clay
Loam
Sandy clay loam
Sandy clay
Silt loam
Clay loam
Silty clay loam
Silt
220
134
86
86
86
56
56
56
47
47
38
38
0.9
1.0
2.1
0.8
0.8
6.6
4.1C
1.0C
4.1
2.5°
4.1
0.8C
  Source:   D.  G.  Craig,  J.  W.  Turelle.   Guide for Wind Ero-
     sion  Control on  Cropland  in the Great Plains States.
     U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, Soil Conservation Ser-
     vice.   July  1964.   Table  1.

  Source:   W.  S.  Chepil.   Soil Conditions that Influence
     Wind  Erosion.  U.S.  Department of  Agriculture,  Agri-
     cultural  Research Service and Kansas Agricultural
     Experiment Station,  Washington, D.C.  Technical
     Bulletin  Number  1185.   June 1958.   Table 1.

  Estimated  from  most similar  soil types.
                         -162-

-------
      234
types. ' '   However, both of these parameters have short-
comings.  The erodibility index estimates the relative soil
loss for different soil types, but does not adequately
account for the greatly varying percentages of that total
soil loss which are in the suspended particulate size range
and thus available to become airborne.  Example percentages
are also shown in Table 1.  Most of the eroded soil is
suspended for a short distance and then resettles, or is
pushed along the ground.  Movement of larger soil particles
near ground level is referred to as saltation or surface
creep.
     The use of silt content as the correction factor is an
attempt to account for the amount of soil in the suspended
particulate size range, but it does not consider the struc-
tural resistance of silty soils to breakdown into the indi-
vidual particles.
     Comparative particle size ranges for different soil
types and soil movements are shown in Figure 1.  The par-
ticle size limits shown in the figure are approximate--they
depend on particle density, shape, and surface forces as
well as size.  Loam, the fourth soil texture used in the
classification system, is a mixture of clay, silt, and sand.
     It is recommended that the relative dusting potential
of different soil types be estimated from the product of
their erodibility index and average percent of suspended
particulate-sized particles (less than 0.05 mm):

          Soil texture        Correction weighting factor

          Sand                          1-98
          Loamy sand                    1.34
          Sandy loam                    1.81
          Clay                          0.69
          Silty clay                    °-69
                          -163-

-------
                                              20
                                                 100
                 840
                     suspended
                                      settleable    saltation,        non-
                                                       surface    erodible
                                                         creep
             0.5
                  respirable
                                                   30
                      hi-volume sampler collection
                                                          74
                 clay
                                 silt
        sand
                                          J_
0.1
Figure 1.
         1.0
                                         10
100
                    Particle diameter, microns

Particle size ranges for soil types and soil movements,
1000

-------
           Soil  texture      Correction weighting factor

           Loam                           3-70
           Sandy clay loam               2.30
           Sandy clay                    0.56
           Silt  loam                     1.93
           Clay  loam                     0.94
           Silty clay loam               1.56
           Silt                           0.30

      The  normal crusting characteristics of the  soils are
 considered in their erodibility indexes.  However,  under
 certain conditions  natural crusting can be enhanced by
 surface treatment with chemicals,  compaction,  or controlled
 watering.   A soil surface that is  well crusted loses dust at
 a rate about one-sixth that of the same soil  in  a non-
 crusted state.    If the surface is not completely crusted,
 or if the  crust is  weathered or damaged by traffic, the
 emission  rate will  be intermediate between an  unprotected
 and a well-crusted  surface.
      A study of particle size distributions in the  atmos-
 phere indicated that these distributions are quite  similar
 in all regions  and  appear to be independent of the  prevail-
 ing soil types  in the region (except in the case of dust
 storms).    This conclusion is certainly not in conflict with
 the assumption  made in the above discussion that emission
 rate  from  a  soil  surface is  a function of  the  percent of
 soil  particles  in the suspended particulate size range.
 Essentially, the  same sizes  of particles appear  to  contri-
 bute  to atmospheric particulate concentrations regardless of
 the size distribution in the parent soil.
      Soils undergo  seasonal  changes in their erodibility as
a result of biological activities,  alternate wetting and
drying, and freezing  and thawing.   These actions decrease
                          -165-

-------
 cloddiness and mechanical stability of the  soils in winter
 in all areas where the soil is moistened at least occasion-
 ally and increase cloddiness and mechanical stability during
 the summer.   The amount of seasi
 is also a function of soil type.
the summer.    The amount of seasonal change in erodibility
WINDSPEED

     Windspeed affects emission rates primarily for the wind
erosion sources, e.g., cleared land and agriculture.
     Several investigators have found that when windspeed is
greater than that required to barely move the soil, the rate
of soil movement is directly proportional to the friction
velocity cubed.   The friction velocity at the surface is
proportional to windspeed measured at a height above the
ground, so the rate of soil movement is also proportional to
the ambient windspeed cubed after it attains some minimum or
threshold speed necessary to initiate movement.
     One investigator reported threshold speeds to range
from 13 to 30 miles per hour (mph) at 1-foot height, depend-
ing on the history of the field.   Other investigators have
found threshold velocities as low as 9 and 11 mph at about
                8 9
the same height. '
     The threshold velocity is influenced by the size of
soil particles on the surface, and is lowest for aggregates
of 0.10 to 0.15 mm in diameter.  As shown in Figure 2, the
threshold velocity increases with either an increase or
decrease in the size of particles outside this range.  The
high resistance of fine dust particles to erosion by wind
appears to be due partially to cohesion but mainly to the
fact that the particles are too small to protrude above a
laminar and viscous layer of air close to the surface of the
ground.  Fine dust is lifted from the ground mainly by
impacts of larger grains, which are more erodible because
                          -166-

-------
       0)
       to
        o
          100
       +>  80
       •*H
       o
       O
       rH
       
-------
they protrude farther into the fast moving, turbulent
currents of higher air.
     Turbulence is as important as average forward velocity
in lifting and transporting the soil.  Thus, maximum momen-
tary wind velocity and gustiness also are factors in deter-
mining the impact of windspeed on fugitive dust emission
rates.  All surface wind velocities over about 2 mph create
some turbulence.
     One research report  recommended that the rate of soil
movement be estimated as being proportional to the windspeed
cubed times its duration above the threshold speed.  In
practice, it is difficult to obtain measurements of the
duration above a given windspeed, such as 13 mph, because
climatological summaries only record one- or three-hour
averages.  These averages are normally less than 13 mph, but
may contain significant periods of time when the windspeed
is greater than 13 mph.  To avoid this problem, U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture  (USDA) researchers have assumed that all
locations have a similar windspeed frequency distribution
and, therefore, that wind erosion potential in an area is
proportional to the cube of the average windspeed for any
specified period.
     This assumption in turn creates a problem with lack of
standardization in height and exposure of recording anemom-
eters; i.e., an anemometer at 30 ft may record an average
windspeed one to two mph higher than the same instrument at
20 ft height.  Since the erosion rate is related to the cube
of windspeed, this small difference causes a change of  30  to
100 percent in the resulting correction function.
     The climatic factor, C, in USDA's wind erosion equation
is an available correction function that includes the  aver-
age windspeed cubed term and also a term  (Thornthwaite's
precipitation-evaporation index) to account for  surface
moisture.  Values for C have been compiled for  the  entire
                          -168-

-------
country with  the  exception  of  the  four  southwestern states
of California, Nevada, Arizona,  and  New Mexico.  These C
values are shown  in  Figure  3.
     Recognizing  the limitations to  accuracy of any correc-
tion function that utilizes average  windspeed data, the
climatic factor is recommended as  the correction function to
reflect emission  differences due to- windspeed.  Many avail-
able emission factors already  employ this term.

SURFACE MOISTURE

     The soil moisture content of  a  fugitive dust source
directly affects  the emission  rate from the source.  For any
surface moisture  content  above air-dried, a distinct decrease
                            12
in erodibility is observed.     Soil  movement is reduced only
slightly by the first moisture,  but  decreases more rapidly
with additional moisture.   At  a moisture content approxi-
mately corresponding to the permanent wilting point for
vegetation, soil  loss is  completely  arrested.  For different
soil types, the percent water  required  to eliminate soil
        12
loss is:

          Soil type       Moisture  content, %

          Dune sand            1.28
          Sandy loam          3.89
          Silt loam          11.21
          Silty clay        20.71

     Average  surface moisture  contents  of soils are not
routinely measured.   Instead,  Thornthwaite's precipitation-
evaporation (P-E) index,  calculated  from the sum of 12
monthly ratios of measured  precipitation to measured evapo-
transpiration, is used as an indicator.
                          -169-

-------
o
           Figure 3.  Climatic factors for use in the wind erosion equation,



           Source:  Armbrust, D. V. and N. P. Woodruff, 1968.

-------
     Empirical data show that  soil  loss varies inversely as
the square of the P-E  index.   The P-E  index value squared is
included in the C factor previously described in the WINDSPEED
section.  Again, the C factor  is recommended for use because
of its acceptance as a broadly applicable correction factor.
     Because of large  variations in monthly rainfall, the
monthly P-E values do  not  give meaningful monthly climatic
factors.    Also, the  P-E  index is  not precise enough to
evaluate soil moisture conditions for  periods as short as
one month.  The U.S. Department of  Agriculture has not
developed any seasonal variation function for surface
moisture.
     The correction factor for moisture content overlaps
somewhat with that for precipitation.  The distinctions made
between the two are:

     0    Only average soil moisture for the entire
          year is considered in the surface mois-
          ture function, and this value is used to
          adjust the locally applicable emission
          factor to reflect emission rates with
          normal retained  moisture.

     0    The correction factor for precipitation
          only applies to  days with rainfall or
          snow cover and accounts for  the total
          absence of dust  emissions from very wet
          soil surfaces.

     While different soil  types stop dusting with greatly
varying amounts of surface moisture (see data above), there
is no information to indicate  that  surface moisture  affects
the particle size distribution of fugitive dust emitted from
a particular source.   In other words,  surface moisture does
                          -171-

-------
not sort an erodible soil by differentially retaining
certain fractions.
PRECIPITATION

     As long as a soil surface is noticeably moist, it will
not dust, even with traffic or surface activity. '
     EPA's recommended emission factors for emissions from
             4
unpaved roads  assume that no emissions occur on days when
there is measurable precipitation or snow cover.  Analyses
                  O O T A           T IX
performed by PEDCo ' '   and others   on particulate concen-
trations near fugitive dust sources on days with rain and no
rain showed that hi-vol readings on rainy days are generally
about half of those on non-rain days.  Since these hi-vol
measurements include some contribution from point sources,
conventional area sources, and influx background in addition
to fugitive dust, it appears that the combination of large
reductions in fugitive dust emissions and rainout  (during
actual periods of rain) account for this 50 percent reduc-
tion in ambient concentrations.  It can be shown that in
some cases fugitive dust still occurs on days with rain, and
may be even higher than normal due to strong winds that
sometime precede thunderstorms.  However, on an annual or
seasonal basis, the current assumption embodied in EPA
emission factors of no emissions on days with rain seems
reasonable.
     In most soils, crust formation due to rainfall has no
permanent effect in reducing fugitive dust emission rates.
In fact, small showers tend to smooth the soil surface,
loosen some surface particles, and accelerate rather than
alleviate soil movement by wind.  Rains may also bring
additional fines to the surface in areas that have been
cleared or disturbed and cause a temporary increase in
dusting after the surface dries.  A related natural phenome-
non,  the seasonal deposition onto a lake bottom of fine
                          -172-

-------
particles from water erosion and subsequent wind erosion of
the dried lake bed, provides another example of the negative
secondary effects of rainfall on fugitive dust emission
rates.
     Several attempts have been made to demonstrate that the
dust emission rate  in an area increases with the number of
days since the last rain, as the surface becomes progres-
sively drier  (see SURFACE MOISTURE).  This relationship has
never been shown to be  significant, possibly due to actions
such as those described above.  Therefore, the assumption is
made that emission  rate does not increase with time since
rain.
     The proposed method for incorporating the correction
for precipitation is to count the number of days during the
period of interest  with rain and snow cover  (using a National
Weather Service climatological summary for a local station),
convert this count  to a percentage  of the total days, and
reduce the emission factor by this  percentage.  This method
is directly adaptable to estimating seasonal variations.

VEGETATIVE COVER

     Ground cover primarily affects fugitive dust generated
by wind erosion.  Vegetation reduces wind erosion losses in
two different ways.  First, it absorbs some of the drag at
the surface and decreases the wind  velocity locally.
Secondly, the roots of  the plants act as a soil binder.  The
retained moisture necessary to support shallow-rooted vege-
tation also reduces the rate of soil loss.
     The initial ground cover on a  field usually provides
more protection than additional increments of vegetation.
The relationship between the amount of vegetation and wind
erosion rate is best quantified in  the USDA wind erosion
equation, which has been developed  with over 30 years of
experimental data.
                           -173-

-------
     The amount of vegetation  is  expressed in Ib/acre of
 air-dried residue in  the wind  erosion equation.  For ground
 cover more than about 250  Ib/acre, additional vegetation
 reduces soil  loss approximately linearly.  Depending upon
 the potential  for wind erosion in a particular geographic
 area, ground  cover of 1000 to  2000 Ib/acre are required to
 essentially eliminate soil loss.
     The amount of vegetation  obviously changes seasonally.
 Due to the wide range in seasonal changes for different
 plants, it is  difficult to quantify this factor for use as a
 seasonal correction function.  Deciduous trees and bushes
 are reported   to lose 20  to 40 percent of their effective-
 ness when they are defoliated  in  the winter.  This range may
 provide a usable estimate  of average seasonal variations due
 to vegetation--a 20 percent increase from annual emission
 rates during winter and a  20 percent reduction during summer
 for sources with ground cover.

 TRAFFIC ACTIVITY

     Traffic movement over unpaved surfaces causes dust to
 be thrown into the air at  contact points between the vehicle
 and the surface or pulled  into the air by the vehicles'
 wakes.  Also,  traffic may  break protective surface crusts
 and leave the  soil more susceptible to subsequent wind
 erosion.  Thus, surface activity  has a direct, immediate
 effect on emission rates and an indirect, longer term
 impact.
     The fugitive dust emitted by traffic movement is
 related to the amount of traffic  or activity  and its average
 speed.  For many source categories, such as road shoulders
 and construction, it  is difficult to find an  activity  param-
 eter for which data are generally available.   For  sources
with automotive traffic (unpaved  roads, unpaved  parking
                           -174-

-------
lots, paved streets, and  street sanding for  snow  control),
the emissions are assumed to  be directly proportional to
vehicle miles of travel  (VMT)  even though there would be a
small amount of emissions from these  sources with no traf-
fic.  For agricultural tilling, the number of  tilling oper-
ations per year on the fields is used as the measure of
activity.  For aggregate  storage operations, traffic levels
in the storage area are simply classified as active or
inactive.
                    2 3 17  18
     Several studies ' '   '    have examined  the effect of
average vehicle speed on  emission rates from unpaved roads
and have variously proposed that the  emission  rate is
linearly dependent on,  a function of the square  of,17 or
exponentially related to   vehicle speed.  Since these
analyses were each based  on data for  only three or four
different speeds, it could  be anticipated that many differ-
ent curves would approximately fit the experimental data
points.  The important conclusion is  that all  these studies
show emission rates increase  with higher vehicle  speeds
throughout the normal operating range of the vehicles.
Within the range of accuracy  of the basic emission factor
and the experiment designs  it may be  assumed that the actual
relationship and the resulting correction function should be
linear.  The current EPA-recommended  emission  factor for
unpaved roads incorporates  a  linear correction for average
speed.
                   19
     The only study   identified which investigated the
effect of speed on emissions  from paved streets concluded
that the relationship is  also linear.   However, the availa-
bility of material on the road surface for resuspension may
be a limiting factor on the emission  rate from this source.
More data are needed to establish this correction factor.
     A speed correction function for  agricultural tilling
has also been reported.2'20   However,  most farm implements
                          -175-

-------
 are designed  to  operate over a narrow speed range and, as a
 practical  consideration, there are usually no means of
 obtaining  data on  actual operating speeds when performing an
 emission inventory.   Similar situations exist for vehicular
 traffic at construction sites and aggregate storage areas..
 Therefore,  it is recommended that speed correction functions
 not be developed for  any source categories other than paved
 and unpaved roads.
     For sources such as roads and construction sites that
 have continual traffic, it has been determined that most of
 the fugitive  dust  results directly from traffic movement.
 For plowed fields  and cleared areas, the total emissions are
 due to a combination  of surface traffic and wind erosion.
 Total agricultural emissions may be estimated by calculating
 the tilling and  wind  erosion components separately.  A pro-
 posed emission estimation procedure for cleared areas
 utilizes the  wind  erosion equation, but it may be appro-
 priate to  add a  specified percentage to the estimated emis-
 sions if it is determined that there is surface traffic over
 the cleared area.  Correction values of five percent for
 occasional  traffic (1 veh/day) and 20 percent for regular
 traffic (more than 5  veh/day) were calculated from the
 previous estimates of the relative impacts of traffic and
 wind erosion  on  unpaved roads.
     Traffic  activity over native surfaces tends to destroy
 the surface crust  or  layer of pebble-sized particles  ("desert
 pavement")   that  normally shield the surface from further
 wind erosion.  The increase in emissions due to this traffic
 is a function of the  surface area with tire tracks and the
 extent of damage to the natural protection.  As mentioned
 previously  in the  SOIL TYPE section, an uncrusted  surface
 loses soil  at a  rate  about six times as great as a com-
pletely crusted  surface.  Therefore, a correction  function
                           -176-

-------
for areas with off-road traffic could be calculated as
follows:

     correction function  =1+5  (area with daM*ged surface)
                                        total  area
                                  ^fraction of  crusting  lost.
                                       in disturbed areas

     Seasonal variations  in a traffic  correction  function
are dependent primarily on seasonal variations in activity
 (VMT, plowing operations, etc).   The decision  of  whether to
apply seasonal  corrections should be based on  the availabil=
ity and  quality of such data.
                            -177-

-------
                            REFERENCES
1.   Chepil, W. S.  Soil Conditions that Influence Wind
     Erosion.  U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
     D.C.  Technical Bulletin Number 1185.  1958.

2.   Development of Emission Factors for Fugitive Dust
     Sources.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina.  Publication Number EPA-
     450/3-74-037.  June 1974.

3.   Investigation of Fugitive Dust—Sources, Emissions and
     Control.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina.  Publication Number EPA-
     450/3-74-036.  May 1973.

4.   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Supple-
     ment 5.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina.  Publication Number AP-
     42.  April 1975.

5.   Sehmel, G. A.  Influence of Soil Erosion on the Airborne
     Particle Size Distribution Function.   (Presented at Air
     Pollution Control Association annual meeting.  Chicago,
     Illinois.  Paper Number 73-162.  June 1973.)

6.   Skidmore, E. L. and N. P. Woodruff.  Wind Erosion
     Forces in the United States and their Use in Predicting
     Soil Loss.  U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
     D.C.  Agricultural Handbook Number 346.  1968.

7.   Chepil, W. S.  Dynamics of Wind Erosion:  II.  Initiation
     of Soil Movement.  Soil Sci.  6_0 (5) : 397-411, 1945.

8.   Malina, F. J.  Recent Developments in the Dynamics of
     Wind Erosion.  Amer. Geophys. Union Trans.  pp. 262-
     284, 1941.

9.   Chepil, W. S.  Dynamics of Wind Erosion:  III.  The
     Transport Capacity of the Wind.  Soil Sci.  60(6):475-
     480, 1945.

10.  Zingg,  A. W. and W. S. Chepil.  Aerodynamics of Wind
     Erosion.  Agr. Engr.  3_1 (6) : 279-284 , 1950.

11.  Woodruff, N. P. and F. H. Siddoway.  A Wind Erosion
     Equation.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc.   29 (5);602-608,
     1965.
                         -178-

-------
12.  Chepil, W. S.  Influence of Moisture on Erodibility of
     Soil by Wind.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc.  20 (2)-288-
     292, 1956.                                 —  '  '

13.  Woodruff, N. P. and D. V. Armbrust.  A Monthly Climatic
     Factor for the Wind Erosion Equation.  J. Soil Water
     Conserv.  pp. 103-104, May-June 1968.

14.  Analysis of Probable Particulate Non-attainment in the
     Kansas City AQCR.  PEDCo-Environmental Specialists,
     Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio.  Prepared for U.S. Environmen-
     tal Protection Agency, Kansas City, Missouri.  February
     1976.

15.  Kosky, K. F. and M. P. Wanielista.  Fugitive Particulate
     from Highway Construction.   (Presented at Air Pollution
     Control Association annual meeting.  Boston, Massachu-
     setts.  Paper Number 75-36.3.  June 1975.)

16.  Craig, D. G. and J. W. Turelle.  Guide for Wind Erosion
     Control on Cropland in the Great Plains States.  U.S.
     Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.  1964.

17.  Roberts, J. W., et al.  The Measurement, Cost, and
     Control of Traffic Dust in Seattle's Duwamish Valley.
     (Presented at the Air Pollution Control Association
     Pacific Northwest Section annual meeting.  Eugene,
     Oregon.  Paper Number AP-72-5.  November 1972.)

18.  Heinsohn, R. J. , C. Birnie, and T. A. Cuscino-  Fugitive
     Dust from Vehicles Using Unpaved Roads.   (Presented at
     the Third National Conference on Energy and the Environ-
     ment.  Oxford, Ohio.  September 1975.)

19.  Sehmel, G. A.  Particle Resuspension from an Asphalt
     Road Caused by Car and Truck Traffic.  Atmospheric
     Environment.  7:291-309, 1973.

20.  Bocharov, A. P. and E. Yu. Terpilovsk.  Study of the
     Action of Machine-Tractor Units on the Upper Soil
     Layer.   (Translation by National Tillage Machinery
     Laboratory, Auburn, Alabama.)  Electrification and
     Mechanization of Soviet Socialist Agriculture.  8:11-
     14, 1970.
                           -179-

-------
    Session IV:

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

   Norman Plaks
 Session Chairman
         -181-

-------
 STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF ASBESTOS WASTE PILES ON AMBIENT AIR
                      Colin F. Harwood*
                       Mary Stinson**
                          Paul Ase*
                          ABSTRACT

     The fabrication of asbestos products is a major industry
involving about one million tons per annum of asbestos.
Asbestos in the atmosphere is associated with increasing
incidences of cancer in the general populace.  One source of
the atmospheric asbestos is fugitive emissions from the waste
piles located throughout the United States.  Individual
sources of emissions from the steps involved in the formation
of waste piles are considered.  Methods available to control
these fugitive emissions are discussed and estimates presented
on the relative costs of mitigation.
 * IIT Research Institute, 10 West 35th Street, Chicago,
   Illinois 60616
** Environmental Protection Agency,  IERL, Edison, New Jersey
                             -183-

-------
 STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF ASBESTOS WASTE PILES ON AMBIENT AIR

 Introduction
     Waste dumps from asbestos product manufacturing operations
 are frequently located in high density population areas.  Fugi-
 tive asbestos emissions are created as the material is trans-
 ferred to the dump and also as the surface of the pile is
 eroded by weather action.  At the present time, fugitive dust
 control techniques are seldom used to mitigate the asbestos
 emissions.
     The lack of adequate emission control at asbestos waste
 dumps is regrettable since there is growing evidence that low
 levels of asbestos exposure may be harmful to health.  Evidence
 from the literature is presented which suggests that industrial
 activity involving asbestos is leading increasing numbers of
 mesothelioma cases.  Mesothelioma, or cancer of pleura, is a
 rare disease known to be caused by asbestos.
     This paper discusses methods by means of which the fugi-
 tive asbestos emissions may be mitigated.  The technology
 which has been developed and applied to other industries is
 considered for application to the case of asbestos emissions.
 Asbestos Waste Dumps
     The asbestos industry is not a small industry; world
 consumption approaches five million tons per annum, while in
 the United States the amount is nearly one million tons per
 annum (see Table 1 for 1973 figures).  Chrysotile asbestos
 accounts for approximately 96% of all the asbestos used in
 the United States.
     Asbestos cement products account for 70% of the total
United States usage.  Products include asbestos cement  pipe,
asbestos cement siding, asbestos cement  shingles, asbestos
cement wallboard, and insulation products.   It  is estimated
that there is between 5-10% of the product material  dumped
                             -184-

-------
             Table 1

    ASBESTOS PRODUCTION, 1973
       (Minerals Yearbook)
                      Short Tons

World Production      4,598,000

U.S. Production         150,000

U.S. Consumption        876,000

  Chrysotile            839,200

  Crocidolite            18,000

  Amosite                 4,300

  Anthophyllite           1,200
               -185-

-------
 as  scrap  every year.  The scrap material is about 10% of
 fine material collected from baghouses and 90% of coarse
 scrap from cuttings and drillings and from products which
 have failed quality assurance tests  (Table 2).  Thus, the
 total annual scrap from asbestos cement operations alone
 may be calculated.  If 1,000,000 tons of asbestos are used
 per annum, and of this 70% is for asbestos products, and
 there is  a 7.5% scrap rate, then the total waste asbestos
 dumped is:

          1,000,000 x — x — = 52,500 tons
                      100   100
 Assuming  that the average asbestos cement product contains
 25% asbestos, then the total asbestos cement waste is:

          52,500 x — = 210,000 tons
                    25
 Thus, the nation faces an annual problem of disposing of
 210,000 tons of waste material containing hazardous asbestos.
 The Hazardous Nature of Asbestos
     Recognition of the hazardous nature of asbestos is
 relatively new.  Although asbestos is associated with various
 cancers of the stomach, colon, etc., there is no doubt of its
 effect in producing two illnesses, asbestosis and mesothelioma.
     Asbestosis is a non-malignant fibrosis of the lung and  is
 only found among asbestos workers with a relatively heavy
 exposure level.  Asbestos was first  observed by Murray  (1) in
 1907.  In 1930, Mereweather (2) gave a detailed description
 of  the disease, and this lead to the 1931 United Kingdom
 regulations on asbestos usage.  Similar regulations were
 issued in the United States in 1938  following the studies by
 Dressen,  et al. (3).
     Mesothelioma, or cancer of the  lung, was not fully recog-
nized as a disease until 1960 when Wagner, et al.  (4)
published their work on the South African mine areas.  They
                             -186-

-------
                         Table 2

                  ASBESTOS CEMENT WASTE
Dust from baghouse collectors and sweepers      10%

Aggregates from breakage, cuttings, and
  drillings                                     90%

Waste pH                                        ^12.5

Waste composition:

  Cured Portland cement                         40 to 55%

  Quartz silica sand                            24 to 33%

  Asbestos                                      15 to 35%
                           -187-

-------
cited 33 cases of mesothelioma and, of these, 17 were not
occupationally exposed.  After 1960, the standard medical
textbooks, e.g., Willis (5), were changed to include meso-
thelioma; until this time mesothelioma had been described
as a metastasis from a primary site.
     A number of studies have shown that asbestos is
ubiquitous to the ambient air [Selikoff and Nicholson,
1970 (6); Holt and Young, 1973 (7)].  Other researchers
have shown asbestos is commonly found in the lungs of urban
dwellers [Urn, 1971 (8)].
     Case history studies in various countries have given
increasing evidence of mesothelioma occurring in people
non-occupationally exposed to asbestos.  Newhouse and
Thompson (9) in 1965 reported in England 76 cases of meso-
thelioma; only 40% had occupational exposure.  Lieben and
Pistawka (10) in 1967 working from Pennsylvania hospitals
                                           V
discovered 42 mesothelioma cases; only 24% of these were
occupationally exposed.  A further 24% could not be estab-
lished, while 52% were not occupationally exposed.
Borrow (11) in 1967 studied mesothelioma cases in the town
of Manville, New Jersey (population 15,000), the site of a
large asbestos products plant.  Over a three-year period,
17 mesothelioma cases were found with two being non-
occupationally exposed.  Bohlig  (12) in 1969 reported his
study of the population surrounding a German asbestos plant.
He found 319 mesothelioma cases between 1958 and 1968.  He
was able to follow the case histories of 119 and found only
46% of these were occupationally exposed to asbestos.
     Much further research work is needed to answer the many
questions raised concerning asbestos exposure and health.
However,  enough evidence is available to make it mandatory
that modern technology by applied to limit the emission of
asbestos to ambient air.  Such techniques will be discussed
in the following pages.
                             -188-

-------
Utilization and Disposal Options
     There are a number of options available for the utili-
zation of asbestos wastes, Table 3.  The first option to be
considered is the re-use of the material.  The industry
makes every attempt to re-use asbestos cement waste by
recycling it into the production line.  However, there is
a limit on the amount that can be recycled set by the exacting
standards on the quality of the product.  This is particularly
true for asbestos cement pipe where every section of pipe is
tested for its ability to withstand pressure and also its
ability to withstand flexing.
     Attempts have been made to use the waste material in
building blocks.  It has been shown that asbestos cement pro-
duct waste can be fabricated into bricks which meet the
standards of the ASTM C-90 and the ASTM C73-67 specifications.
To date, asbestos waste has not been used commercially to
produce these bricks because of the fear that a health hazard
might be associated with such a product.
     Another suggestion for a use of the waste material is to
mix it with acid waste from other mining operations; the hope
being that the neutralized waste would be more suitable for
reclamation and plant growth.
     Waste alteration by thermal or chemical decomposition
has also been suggested.  Chrysotile asbestos when heated
above 600°F decomposes due to loss of water of crystallization
to give forsterite and talc, both of which are thought to be
harmless amorphous particles.  Chemical  leaching has been
found to remove the magnisia from the crystal structure of
chrysotile asbestos leaving behind the silica skeleton.
While both thermal and chemical decomposition' is possible,
it is economically impractical.
     The only viable alternate to waste  re-use or alteration
is dumping.  The methods which may be applied to mitigate
the emissions from dumping operations'will now be considered.
                             -189-

-------
                      Table 3

         UTILIZATION AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS
Waste Re-use     -- recycle, cement blocks, steam
                    cured bricks,  waste neutraliza-
                    tion with acid wastes

Waste Alteration -- thermal decomposition, chemical
                    leaching

Waste Dumping    -- waste aggregates, waste fines
                       -190-

-------
The Dumping of Asbestos Wastes
     The dumping of asbestos waste creates fugitive emis-
sions at a number of points.  The flow sheet for the dumping
of waste materials is shown in Figure 1.  The sources of
asbestos emissions are given in Table 4 along with an esti-
mate of the relative significance of each emission source.
It should be noted that in these figures are not emissions
rates but rather the relative magnitude of the total emis-
sions set out such that the importance of each source may be
assessed.  Thus, even though the crushing and leveling is
observed to have a high emission rate, the operation is of
such a short time that its total contribution to the fugi-
tive emissions is relatively minor.  Obviously then, the
major effort in reducing emissions should concentrate on
the dump rather than the dumping, crushing, and leveling
operations.
Emission Control Options
     In Plant Options
     The best method of controlling the dust is at the source,
before they ever become fugitive emissions.  Fine waste can
be slurried, agglomerated, bagged, or at least wetted down.
Larger waste material or aggregates may be crushed, washed
free of fines, and kept wet.  The use of various water-
additive agents will extend the effectiveness of wetting
techniques.
     Dump Emission Control
     Control of the emissions from waste dumps includes
physical, chemical, and vegetative.
     Physical include the use of physical barriers  including
straw, bark, or gravel applied directly to the surface of
the dump.  Other physical methods involve the judicious
placement of wind breaks or banks of trees, placed  in the
direction of the prevailing winds, which protect  the dump
from wind erosion.
                             -191-

-------
      Wrisle AGGREGATES
          Segregate
   Small
Aggregates
Waste FINES fro-,i
    Collectors     i
Large
Aggregates



^
\
>..!..
f \
/
Dump, Active Pile
                                Crush and Level
                                V	S
                   Figure  1

        ASBESTOS  CEMENT  WASTE DISPOSAL
                       -192-

-------
                           Table 4

               WASTE DUMPING EMISSION SOURCES
Transfer Emissions                -- dumping, crushing, and
                                     leveling

Dump Emissions                    -- active pile weathering,
                                     inactive pile weathering


Emission rate estimates:

  Fines dumping                      22%

  Aggregate crushing and leveling    6%

  Active pile weathering             60%

  Inactive pile weathering           12%
                            -193-

-------
     Chemical binders are finding increasing utility in
reducing erosion from soil banks.  The selection of the
binder  is  important and the ideal binder would have the
following  properties:
     •  Low application cost
     •  Water soluble
     •  High bondability to the particles under consideration
     •  Long life and stability
     •  Resistant to heat and cold
     •  Non-toxic
     •  Biodegradable
     •  No  water pollution problems from drainage water
     •  Easy to clean from application devices
     •  Effective in low dilutions
     Obviously no one binder material is able to score highest
in each of the above categories.  For the purposes of the
present study, about 30 binders were considered  (some of these
are listed in Table 5).  Of these, five were considered in
greater detail.  Field experiments were conducted using Coherex
which,  although it was not the most efficient binder in terms
of stabilizing soil, it did have the best overall properties
including  water solubility, biodegradability, and resistance
to leaching once applied.
     Vegetative covers, if properly applied and maintained,
offer the  surest, most permanent method of eliminating emis-
sions caused by surface erosion.  A cover of 6 to 12 inches
of soil vegetated with fertilizer, seed, and mulch, and
regularly  watered is generally found to be effective.  It  is
important  to overcome the proplerms inherent in  the waste
material such as the lack of plant nutrients and microbial
populations,  and also the pH of the waste.  For  this reason,
plants cannot generally be grown directly on the waste, and
                             -194-

-------
                                         Table 5

                                        MATERIALS
      Product
Amine D Acetate,  SOS


Polyrad  1110A



Vinsol Emulsion


Defloc 50


Abitol


Paracol  emulsion

Piccolyte Dipentene


Reten 421


Neuphor  100


Kymene  557


Landlock XA2440

Latex M145 or M166


Elvanol


Vinylac


ARQUAD  2HT
Chemical Identification

Stabilized abietyl
 amine

High molecular-weight
 amine ethylene oxide
 adducts

Water emulsion of
 aliphatic resin

Cationic polymer
Hydroabietyl alcohol
Wax-rosin emulsion

Polyterpene adhesive
 resin

Anionic acrylic  polymer
Anionic emulsion


Cationic polyamide-
 epichlor-hydrin  resin

Adhesive binder

Latex binder


Polyvinyl alcohol
Polyvinyl acetate,
 tackified  dispersion

Quaternary  ammonium
 compound
                                                          Supplier
Hercules, Inc.
 Hattiesburg, Miss.

Hercules, Inc.
 Hattiesburg, Miss.
Hercules, Inc.,
 Kalamazoo, Mich.

Hercules, Inc.,
 Milwaukee, Wise.

Hercules, Inc.,
 Burlington, N.J.

Hercules, Inc.

Hercules, Inc.
Hercules, Inc.,
 Hopewell, Va.

Hercules, Inc.,
 Milwaukee, Wise.

Hercules, Inc.
3 M Co., St. Paul, Minn.

Dowell Div., Dow Chem-
 ical Co., Tulsa, Okla.

E.I. Du Pont de
 Nemours & Co.

Borden Chemical Co.
Armak Chemicals Co.
                             Cost,
                           Dollars/lb
                            0.625
                            0.780
                            0.126
                                                       0.170
                                                       0.8375
                                                        1.40
                            0.2335
                            2.00/gal
                            0.51
                                           -195-

-------
                                   Table 5 (continued)
       Product
ARQUAD 2S


Ethomeen T/12


Curde Amine


Krilium CRD-186


Sodium alginate


Polyacrylic acid


Superfloc 16


Coherex
Chemical Identification

Quaternary ammonium
 compound

Tertiary aliphatic
 amine

Amine compound,
 unpurified

Vinyl acetate/maleic
 acid

Sodium alginate
Polyacrylic acid amine
Flocculant
Resinous binder
       Supplier
Armak Chemicals Co.
Armak Chemicals Co.
Armak Chemicals Co.
Monsanto Chemical Co.,
 St. Louis, Mo.

Rolakem Co.,
 Teaneck, N.J.

Rohm & Haas Co.,
 Philadelphia,  Pa.

American Cyanamid Co.,
 St. Louis, Mo.

Witco Chemical  Co.,
  Cost,
Dollars/lb
                            1.09
                            0.725
                            0.340
                                                       2.00

Rezosol 5411B
Dextran
Hammond , Inc .
Cationic resin emulsion E. F. Houghton Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Dextran Howard Hall Co.,
Cos Cob, Conn.
0.36/gal
0.245/gal
4.00
                                          -196-

-------
a soil layer must be applied.  It is generally found to be
advisable to use soil types which fit in with the local area
and also to use plant seeds of indigenous plants.
Costs of Various Control Options
     To estimate the cost of controlling emissions from
transfer operations at the waste and from the waste dump
itself, a hypothetical plant was considered.  The plant dis-
posed of 13.2 metric tons of reject product and other waste
aggregates per day; in addition, its plant disposed of
0.9 metric tons of baghouse waste fines per day.
     Fugitive emissions were assumed to result from four
basic operations:
     • Daily dumping of fines onto "active" pile
     • Crushing of reject pipe by bulldozer, once a month,
       on active pile
     • "Weathering" of active piles
     • "Weathering" of inactive piles
     The emission rates associated with each source were
based on reported fugitive dust emission rates and from
IITRI field experiences.
     Control techniques for reducing emissions from the
waste disposal activities vary considerably in the annual
costs and the emission reduction achieved.  Thirteen basic
control options were evaluated.  They were considered
separately and in combinations to ascertain the lowest cost
methods for achieving emission reductions.  Table 6 summarizes
the results of this cost analysis.
     The cost of controlling emissions from fines dumping was
estimated for a water spray, water plus surfactant, pelleti-
aing of fines, water slurry, water slurry with chemical
binder, and bagging of fines.  The bagging of the fines was
the most efficient control scheme for the fines dumping oper-
ation (100% efficient) found in this analysis while a water
                             -197-

-------
                                            Table  6

                                   SUMMARY OF  CONTROL  OPTIONS
                                          	Percent  Reduction in Emissions From:	

                           Total Annual     Fines    Aggregate   Active   Inactive    Total
     Control Method	     Cost,  $     Dumpings   Crushing      Pile      Pile     Emissions

  1. Water  Spray at
    Fines  Dumping              2,800         10          —         —        —         2

  2. Water  and  Surfactant
    at Fines Dumping           3,400         20          —         —        —         4

  3. Agglomeration of
    Fines  with Water          10,000         90          —          5        —        23

  4. Agglomeration of
    Fines  with Binder         13,000         90          —         25        —        35

  5. Water  Slurrying of
    Fines                      4,100         85          —         —        —        19

  6a.Chemical Binder
    with Water + 0.25%
    Binder                    5,800         85          —         45        —        46

  6b.Chemical Binder
    with Water + 0.20%
    Binder                    5,400         85          —         27        —        35

  6c.Chemical Binder
    with Water + 0.10%
    Binder                     5,000         85          —         14        —        27

  7. Bagging of Baghouse
    Fines                     10,500       100          —         45        22        52

 8. Chemical-Vegetative
    Control of Inactive
    Pile                       3,380         —          —         —        90        11

 9.  Water Spray on
    Active Pile                3,570  .       —          —         50        —        30

lOa.Chemical Stabilize
    Active Pile Once/
    Week                        8,970         --          —         90        --        54
                                              -198-

-------
                                     Table 6  (continued)
                                         	Percent  Reduction in Emissions  From:	
                          Total Annual     Fines     Aggregate   Active   Inactive     Total
    Control Method	      Cost, $     Dumpings   Crushing     Pile       Pile    Emissions

10b.Chemical  Stabilize
   Active Pile Once/
   Month                      3,970          -         -         80        -         48

11. Landfilling Active
   Pile Once/Month            8,700          --         -         73        20         46
                                               -199-

-------
 spray at the dump site was the least efficient  (10% efficient).
 The control costs for the fines dumping operation varied from
 $2,800 per year  (water spray) to $13,000 per year (pelletizing).
     The fugitive emissions from an active pile could be re-
 duced with methods similar to those used to obtain fines con-
 trol.  Water spray, chemical stabilization, foaming agent, and
 landfill techniques were all considered as possible mitigation
 methods.  The cost of these control methods varied from $3,750
 to $8,970 per year.  The emission reduction from the active
 pile ranged from 50% (water spray) to 90%  (chemical stabili-
 zation of pile once per week).
     A permanent cover on the inactive pile was required to
 prevent the source emissions from increasing each year as the
 size of the pile increased.  A combination chemical stabilization-
 vegetive cover was assumed to be the method most likely to
 yield a permanent cover.  The cost for developing the permanent
 cover on the inactive asbestos pile was calculated to be
 $3,400 per year.
 Acknowledgements
     The work described in this paper represents a portion of
 a study supported by the Environmental Protection Agency under
 Contract Number 68-02-1872.  Statements made are those of the
 authors and may not represent the views of the EPA.
     The guidance and interest of Mr. David Oestreich of the
 EPA was very much appreciated.   Kurt Gutfreund of IITRI was
helpful in guiding its selection of suitable polymers and
Dr.  William Berg of Colorado State University provided
 invaluable consultancy for revegetating waste dumps.
     It should be noted that the views and comments expressed
in this paper are those of the authors and does not necessarily
reflect those of the EPA.
                             -200-

-------
                         REFERENCES


 1.   Murray, H. M. (1907) Statement before the committee in
     the minutes of evidence, pp. 127-128.  In Report of the
     Departmental Committee on Compensation of Industrial
     Disease.  London:H. M. Stationery Office.

 2.   Merewether, E. R. A.  (1930) The occurrence of pulmonary
     fibrosis and other pulmonary affections in asbestos
     workers.  J. Ind. Hyg. . 12_, 198-22, 239-257.

 3.   Dreessen, W. C. , Dallavalle, J. M. , Edward, T. I.,
     Miller, J. W. , and Sayers, R. R.  (1938) A study of asbestos
     in the asbestos textile industry.  Public Health Bulletin 241,
     Washington, D.C., U.S. Government Printing Office, 126 pp.

 4.   Wagner, J. C. , Sleggs, C. A., and Mar chard, P. (1960)
     Diffuse pleural mesothelioma and asbestos exposure in the
     north western Cape Province.  Brit. J. Ind. Med. , 17, 260-271.

 5.   Willis, R. A. The pathology of tumors. 3rd Edition,
     Washington, D.C., Pub.Butterworth.

 6.   Selikoff, I. J. , Nicolson, W. J. , and Langer, D. M.
     (Oct. 5, 1970) Asbestos air pollution in urban areas.
     Presented at the American Medical Association Air Pollution
     Medical Research Conference. New Orleans.

 7.   Holt, P. F. , Yound, D. K.  (1973) Asbestos fibers in the
     air of towns.  Atmos. Envir. , 7_, 481-483.

 8.   Urn, C. H.  (1971) Study of the secular trend in asbestos
     bodies in lungs in London 1936-1966.  Brit. Med. J.,
     2, 248-251.

 9.   Newhouse, M. L.  and Thompson, H.  (1965) Mesothelioma and
     peritoneum following exposure to asbestos in the London
     area.  Brit. J.  Ind. Med. , 22_, 261-269.

10.   Lieben, J., Pistawka, H.  (1967) Mesothelioma and asbestos
     exposure.  Arch. Environ. Health, 14, 559-563.

11.   Borow, M. , Conston, A., Livornese, L. L. , and Schalet, N.
     (1967) Mesothelioma and its association with asbestosis.
     J.A.M.A., 201, 587-591.

12.   Bohlig, H. , et al.  (1970) Epidemiology of Malignant
     Mesothelioma in Hamburg, Environ. Res. , 3_, 365-372.
                             -201-

-------
             AN ASSESSMENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS IN

               THE PRIMARY^ALUMINUM INDUSTRY

                               BY
                    .William D.  Balgord, Ph.D.
                    The Aluminum Association

PRIMARY ALUMINUM  INDUSTRY

     The primary  industry  supplies all new, or virgin, aluminum,

since aluminum is  not  produced as a by-product of other industrial

activity.

     It extracts  chemically bound aluminum from its commercial
                                        *
ore, bauxite, and  converts it to metal in two stages.
                                            »
     In the first  stage, bauxite .is treated by the Bayer Process

to obtain aluminum oxide in a high"state of purity.

     In the second step, metallurgical grade alumina as converted

electrolytically  to the metal.

     The aluminum  industry, in common with other major materials

producing industries,  must process' necessarily large amounts of

raw materials by  economic  methods.  In 1974 approximately

5 million tons of  aluminum was produced in the United States.

Since one pound of aluminum requires an input of 5.6 pounds of

raw materials, sta'rting with the refining of bauxite, the overall

magnitude of the materials handling is obvious.

     At each successive stage in the production of aluminum, the

value of the product  increases substantially.  And with the

increase in value,  the incentive to conserve materials.  But the

incremental costs  to  control further losses beyond a certain level

of control tend to rise rapidly and finally reach a point of

extreme cost ineffectiveness.
                             -203-

-------
FLOW OF RAW MATERIALS AND PROCESSES


     Domestic production of bauxite  supplies less than 8% of


current U.S. demand for metallurgical grade alumina.

                                                 *
     At the present time, domestic bauxite is actively mined


only in Arkansas.  Arkansas bauxite is produced mostly from
                                                               •

underground mines.  It is a fairly hard material and requires


special processing because of higher than normal amounts of


alumino-silicate materials.


     Most other bauxite is a soft, clay-like deposit—not


readily distinguished from the other soil i*n areas where it is


found.  It may be hauled by truck or rail from the mine site


to a nearby alumina plant or to shiploading site for export.


     Foreign sources of bauxite now account for somewhat  more


than 92% of U.S. alumina consumption—imported partly as bauxite,


partly as refined alumina.


     At the Bayer plant bauxite is unloaded from ships by


bucket or clam-type crane, or in certain instances, by conveyor


mechanisms, and transferred to storage buildings.


     As needed, bauxite is transferred from storage to a crush-


ing and milling operation.  This step may be accompanied by


blending of two or more bauxites from different sources to


achieve desired properties.


     The foregoing operations may be accompanied by the generation


of dust, depending on the moisture content of the bauxite and


weather conditions and on provisions for capture and control


of dusts that may be operated at a particular plant.   It should
                            -204-

-------
be borne in mind in this regard  that, with the one exception of

an alumina-plant operated in  the Virgin  Islands, the construction

of all domestic alumina plants were begun before the late 1950's.

     The remaining steps in the  Bayer Process, until final

calcining, are totally enclosed.
                                                              *
     Bauxite is mixed with hot caustic and heated under pressure

to dissolve hydrated aluminum oxide to produce a solution of

sodium aluminate.  This step  is  known as "digestion."  Impurities

—mostly iron oxide and free  silica or quartz—remain essentially

undissolved.

     Insoluble impurities are removed by filtration.

     The clear sodium aluminate  solution is cooled, accompanied

by precipitation of alumina-trihydrate.

     The trihydrate filter-cake  is calcined at 1200°C removing

practically all chemically bound water and producing a metallurgical

grade alumina of about 99.4%  purity.

     Other raw materials used in the Bayer Process are lime and

caustic.  The caustic is recycled to the process and is handled

as a liquid throughout.

     Today the production of  primary aluminum relies exclusively

on the Hall Process.

     In the Hall Process, aluminum is produced by the passage of

direct current through a cell containing alumina dissolved in

molten electrolyte.  The electrolyte is  primarily cryolite.

The molten cryolite is contained in a carbon-lined refractory

box, called a pot.  As electrolysis proceeds, molten aluminum
                            -205-

-------
collects in the bottom of the cell.  Electrical current passes


through the electrolyte between a large block of carbon, suspended


over and partially immersed in the electrolyte—this is the anode—


and the cathode which is the pool of molten aluminum resting


on the carbon lining.  During the course of electrolysis, the
                       «

anode carbon is gradually consumed by reaction with oxygen


generated by the cell.


     Thus, there are two major materials input to the manufacture


of primary aluminum:  alumina and anode carbon, prepared from


petroleum coke.


     Alumina and petroleum coke typically arrive at most aluminum


smelters by rail, barge or ship.


     Alumina may be unloaded from hopper cars pneumatically and


transferred to storage bins referred to as "ore" silos.
                                                              i

     The petroleum coke is moved to the carbon plant where it is


stored until needed to manufacture pre-cast anodes or anode paste


for Soderberg-type plants.


     Distribution of alumina to the individual cells requires


handling that tends to create some dust.  Virtually all of this


dust is settleable.


     Likewise, also the preparation of anode carbon from coke


involves operations which tend to create dust.


     Cellroom and anode plant emissions are covered by  current


or proposed EPA point source and fugitive emission regulations


and will not be further discussed.
                            -206-

-------
NATURE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF
    At the source of bauxite
    Operations:
    Type of Materials:
    Significance:
    At the Bayer Plant

    Operations:
    Materials:
    Significance:
Earth Moving
Loading
Transportation

The bauxite contains principally hydrated
oxides of aluminum with lesser, variable
amounts of iron oxides, free silica,  hydrated
alumino-silicates, titanium dioxide,  and
other minor impurities.

Generation of dust depends very much  on
moisture content of ore—this, of course,
depends on weather conditions.  Generally
speaking, bauxite dusts contain particles
larger than 20 microns in diameter and are
considered settleable—other than a poten-
tial nuisance in the immediate vicinity of
bauxite mining operations, these dusts
are considered to have a minor to insigni-
ficant impact beyond the locus of operations
—the dusts are virtually indistinguishable
in composition from endemic soils.
Unloading Bauxite
Transfer and storage of bauxite
Crushing and milling
Loading of calcined alumina

The composition of bauxite was just
described.  A bauxite may be very similar
chemically and mineralogically, but
usually not identical to native soils at
the Bayer Plant.  They may contrast
somewhat in color.

They will support vegetation.

Metallurgical alumina is high purity
aluminum oxide, snow-white in color.

Very little aerborne material actually
leaves the plant property; bauxite
itself is a soil which will support
vegetation.  Bauxite can be thought of
as the last stage of evolution in the
                            -207-

-------
                        formation of laterite wherein most of the
                        former constituents have been leached
                        away over geologic time, leaving aluminum
                        oxide.

                        Alumina is exceptionally inert,  chemically
                        and biologically, and is considered to have
                        very little if any adverse effect on the
                        environment.

3.  At the Primary Smelter

    Operations:         Unloading and transfer of alumina
                        Distribution of alumina to the cells
                        Unloading and handling of petroleum coke

    Materials:          High purity alumina, petroleum coke is a
                        pure form of commercial carbon;  mechanical
                        handling of P. coke produces coarse dust.

    Significance:       From the calcination step in the production
                        of alumina through the smelting of primary
                        aluminum, about 99% of the alumina is
                        converted to metal.  This is a remarkable
                        efficiency considering the many opportunities
                        for losses:  transportation and transfer,
                        housekeeping, and oxidation losses due to
                        formation of aluminum oxide skim and dross.

SUMMARY
    Although the scope of presentation bars any detailed assess-

ment of fugitive emissions at particular plants, it is possible

to examine several factors that have a bearing on the matter:

    -  Siting           In most instances, alumina and primary
                        aluminum facilities are situated well away
                        from population centers

       Prior Action     The aluminum industry has consistently
                        instituted measures to reduce fugitive
              -  -        losses.

    -  Character        Fugitive dusts, represented by large
                        particle size, tend not to leave the plant
                        site.

    -  Chemistry        Calcined alumina is inert; the chemical
                        composition and mineralogy of bauxite so
                        strongly resembles that of native  soils
                        at many plants that it  is very difficult
                        to distinguish from soil derived dusts
                        from other sources such as  local agriculture
                           -208-

-------
The aluminum industry has spent  considerable money and
effort to contain  fluoride  emissions—these are the subject
of EPA New Source  Performance  Standards, published recently
EPA Guidelines  to  the States for Existing Aluminum Plants
are pending.

Finally, because of  potential  litigation on the new source
standards for aluminum,  I have avoided  reference to cell-
room emissions  or  of emissions from any other source that
might contain fluoride.
                       -209-

-------
MEASUREMENT OF  IRON  FOUNDRY  FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

                       by

          William  D.  Scott
          Charles  E-.  Bates,  Ph.D.
          Southern Research  Institute

              Presented at the

       SYMPOSIUM ON  FUGITIVE EMISSIONS:
            Measurement and  Control

       May 18,  1976  at Hartford,  Conn.
                     -211-

-------
           MEASUREMENT OF IRON FOUNDRY FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
                            INTRODUCTION
      An  iron  foundry  has traditionally been  thought  of  as  an  unpleasant
 place to work;  foundry workers may be exposed  to dust,  free silica,
 heat, chemical  emissions, and noise during molding and  casting.
      Nonetheless,  the foundry industry is one  of the largest  and
 most  basic industries in the United States;  it supplies components
 used  in  the manufacture of  a great variety of  products  by  other in-
 dustries.  The  industry is  the sixth largest of all  U.  S.  manufactur-
 ing industries,  according to the 1970 U. S.  Census.   In 1974  the annual
 U. S.  casting production was about 22,000,000  tons with a  direct product
 value of approximately $13  billion.
      This paper  reports some  cf the experimental techniques and
 results  employed to quantify point source emissions  in  the foundry  .
 The work included  characterization of general  particulate, free silica,
 and chemical  emissions from typical green sand foundry  molds.
      The detailed  results of the chemical emissions  portion of the
 program  have  been  reported  elsewhere.1'2* Various organic  materials
 are added to  the sand mixture so that their  thermal  decomposition
 produces a reducing atmosphere in the mold,  which is necessary for
 good  casting  quality.  The  gases or products of decomposition are
 then  released into the foundry atmosphere.   Adequate ventilation  is
 necessary to  prevent  build-up of noxious gases such  as  carbon monoxide,
 hydrogen cyanide,  ammonia,  methane, and other  more complex species.
     This ventilation is often in the form of  forced air  drafts that
are exhausted directly from the plant without  treatment.   Design and
* Superscript figures refer to items in "References."
                              -212-

-------
operation of these ventilation  systems determine the actual concen-
trations of gases present  in  the working environment and also those
released outside the plant.   A  fundamental knowledge of the point
source emissions in the  foundry allows estimations of the total
amount of objectionable  materials  produced.
     In addition to gaseous emissions, particulate emissions are
also generated in the green sand foundry process.  It is estimated
that between 9 and 15 tons of sand must be processed for every ton
of castings made.
     An estimate of the  particulate emissions generated during
casting production in a  typical foundry using sand molds is pre-
sented in Table I.3  The major  plant areas that contribute are
(a) molding, pouring and shakeout, (b) cleaning and finishing, and
(c) sand conditioning areas. **  The total estimate of non-melting
operations indicates that  115 Ib,  of emissions is generated for
each ton of metal poured.  Normal  collection equipment reduces this
to 60 Ib/ton in the plant  atmosphere, of which 51 Ib. settles out.
About six pounds of this total  is  released outside the plant.
     In addition to the  dust  from  the sand handling, the emissions
from the shakeout and pouring operation include organic compounds
of potentially harmful character.   These most often are expected
to condense on the particulate  matter and thus are available for
respiration.  The types  of compounds that are included in this
portion of the emissions have also been reported elsewhere.5
                           -213-

-------
                                                                             Table  I


                                                                Particulate Emissions  Factors
                                                                 from Non-Melting Operations
                                                                                                                (5)
(6)
i
Isi

Department
Scrap Yard


Molding, Pouring
and Sliakeout



Cleaning and
Finishing


Sand Conditioning





Coio Derailment


Pailum Shop

Tolal

Operation
Raw Material Handling
Charge Make-up
Charge Pro-heating
Molding
Magnesium Treatment
Pouring
Cooling
Shakeout
Shot Blast
Grinding
Annealing
Palming
Dry Sand Handling
Prepared Sand Handling
Screening
Mulling
Drying and
Sand Reclamation
Oil Sand Core Baking
Shull. Hot Box and
Cold Set Sand Cores
Wood Pallernmaking
Molal Patternmakino

Emissions
Generated
Lb./Ton Melt
.20
.IS
.20
.50
S.OO
5.10
10.30
32.20
15.50
1.60
.10
.02
10.30
.50
10.00
20.60

1.50
.10

1.02
.01
	 .0£
114.92
Normal
Collection
Percent
0
0
10%
0
10
10
10
60
99
95
0
95
10
0
20
60

tiO
5

0
60
60

Emissions
to Foundry
Environment
Lb./Ton Melt
.20
.15
.18
.50
4.50
4.59
9.27
12.80
.16
.06
.10
—
9.27
.50
6.00
6.24

.60
.05

1.02
—
~
60.21
Sellllnq
Factor
Percent
60%
80
40
90
75
60
90
90
60
80
30
40
90
90
90
90

80
0

0
50
50

Emission*
Released to
Atmosphere
Lb./Ton Melt
.04
.03
.11
.05
1.12
1.84
.93
1.28
.03
.02
.07
—
.93
.05
.80
£2

.12
.05

1.02
—
•H^^H*
fl.31_
Emissions to
Atmosphere
Nationwide'
Lb./Ton Moll
.04
,03
.01
.04
.11
1.45
.75
1.02
.02
.01
.03
— —
.75
.04
.64
.65

.01
.03

.20
—
J^l»
583
                                        Note: 'incidence (actor hai wtn applied lu these *ml»slont rules to iclltct «clu«l industry application ol tacit operation.

-------
                      SAMPLING  PROCEDURES
     The sampling procedure  used  to  determine the point source emis-
sions from typical  foundry molds  employed  an exhaust hood and canopy
that covered the source.  This  arrangement has been referred to as a
quasi-stack method  and  it is shown schematically in Figure 1.  An
orifice plate and DC motor-driven exhaust  fan in the stack were used
to establish a known flow rate  through  the hood.  The flow in the
stack was made turbulent to  insure a homogeneous sample.
     The draft air  volume was controlled with a rheostat on the fan
motor and was set to maintain a constant pressure drop of 1/2 inch of
water, as monitored with a manometer.   This pressure drop corresponded
to a volume flow of 35  cfm in the stack, or an air velocity of 50
ft/min over the mold surface.  This  velocity was made high enough to
prevent significant losses of effluent  by  diffusion under the hood.
     Gaseous emissions  were  periodically sampled by drawing the ef-
fluent into 250-ml  evacuated bulbs.   This  technique is shown in Figure
2.  These grab samples  were  taken at intervals starting immediately
after the casting had been poured, while the castings cooled in the
sand molds, and as  the  castings were separated from the sand in a
simulated shakeout.  These samples were analyzed by gas chromatography.
This procedure allowed  the   preparation of a time-concentration pro-
file.
     A constant stream  of gas from the  stack was passed through dim-
pled bubblers containing specific absorbing reagents for the determi-
nation of average concentrations  of  gases  such as ammonia and hydrogen
cyanide that were present in low  concentrations.  These bubblers  are
shown in place on the stack  in  Figure 3.   Figure  4  shows the metal
                            -215-

-------
TO
VACUUM
PUMP
              STACK
                                    VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR
                                    AND EXHAUST FAN
                                       FILTER
                                              GAS SAMPLING
                                              BULB
                                     FLOW METER

                                     ORIFICE PLATE
FLASKLESS SAND MOLD

JACKET

        FLOOR
   Figure 1.   Schematic of  portable  gas sampling hood.
                        -216-

-------
Figure 2.
Taking a grab sample for gas analysis
above an open mold.
Figure 3.
Top of sampling hood, showing bub-
blers for trace gas detection.
-217-

-------
Figure 4.
Pouring an open mold.
~
Figure 5.
Placing the collection hood
open mold. Note mold gases
at the parting line.

-218-
over an
burning

-------
being poured into a mold.  Figure  5  shows  the hood being positioned



over the mold after the pour.  Positioning the hood required approxi-



mately 15 seconds from the start of  the pour.



     The hood was also used  to sample  the  air above the muller and



shakeout bin in a pilot plant.  In these tests, the hood was lifted



into place over the operation of interest  with a forklift, and then



a polyethylene canopy was suspended  to cover the entire operation.



     Cascade impactors were  positioned in  the stack to obtain parti-



cle mass-size distributions  over the range of particle diameters of



0.5 to 14 ym.  Brink and Andersen  designs  of cascade impactors were



used, depending on the dust  loading  of the atmosphere.  The Brink



impactor, which has a low flow rate, was used at high loadings.  At
                             I


low loadings, the Andersen impactor, which has a higher flow rate,



was used to keep the sampling time reasonable.  In either impactor,



the particulate material entrained in  the  air is separated according



to particle size by suitable orifice designs in the impactor, and



deposited upon collector plates.



     The Brink impactor uses aluminum  foil plates that may later be



dissolved in acid as the first step  in the free silica determination



by the Talvitie colorimetric method.6  By  summing up the weights of



the particles on all of the  collector  plates, and dividing the re-



sult by the volume of air drawn!through the impactor, an average



dust loading was determined. The  Andersen impactor will also allow



a dust loading to be calculated as well as size distribution, but



the particulate matter may not easily  be chemically analyzed.



     Particles in the 0.3 to 1.0 pm  size range were counted with  an



optical particle size analyzer.  In  operation, a sample of effluent



from the hood was continuously removed, diluted with clean air,  and
                             -219-

-------
 passed  through  an orifice  and then through a collimated light beam.



 The  amount of scattering caused by individual particles was measured



 with a  detector tube.  Since small particles scatter more  light than



 large particles, the signal from the detector could be electronical-



 ly analyzed  to  both size and count the  number of particles in the gas



 stream.7  This  allowed data in the form of concentration-versus-time



 to be obtained.





                            RESULTS



 Gaseous Emissions from Green Sand Foundry Molds



      Gaseous emissions from green sand  molds were determined as de-



 scribed above by collecting emissions as a function of time after



 pouring and  during shakeout.  A constant rate of air flow  of 35 cfm



 through the  exhaust hood was maintained for these experiments.  This



 air  flow dilutes the effluent and permits partial oxidation of the



 combustible  gases present  in the effluent.  This simulates normal



 foundry practice where air flow from mechanical ventilation is used



 and  the burning of mold gases is observed.



      Concentration-time plots of the carbon monoxide from  green sand



 molds containing about 5%  seacoal are shown in Figure  6.   The cast-



 ings  were 4" cubes with appropriate ingates and pouring basins, which



 gave  a total weight of approximately 30 Ib.  The castings  were poured



 at a  sandrmetal ratio of approximately  3:1.  The first peak in the



 concentration-time curve represents the carbon monoxide concentra-



 tion  in the effluent after pouring.  The second peak represents  the



CO concentration when the  mold was broken open.



     The carbon monoxide concentration  increased  from  a  low value



just after pouring to approximately 1900 ppm about  five  minutes
                            -220-

-------
I

to
M
I
2000
18QQ
1600
1400
1200
1000
 800
 600
  400
  200
                               8      12
                                         24
                                               28      32     36


                                              Time  in Minutes
                                                                                40     44     48     52     56     60
        Figure 6.  Variation  of carbon  monoxide  concentration with  time for  green
                    sand mold  under the  hood.

-------
 after pouring,  and then  began to gradually decrease.   The  casting



 was  held  in  the mold  for approximately  25  minutes  and then was



 manually  removed from the mold under  the hooded sampling system.



 During the simulated  shakeout operation, the  CO content of the  ef-



 fluent increased as the  mold  was broken open  and the  hot sand ex-



 posed to  the atmosphere.   The CO concentration  reached a level  of



 about 1350 ppm  during this operation  and then began  to decrease as



 the  sand  cooled.



      Similar data is  shown in Figure  7  for the  concentrations of



 total hydrocarbons evolved after pouring and  during  shakeout of



 green sand molds.   The hydrocarbon  concentration increased after



 the  mold  was poured,  to  a value of  about 1200 ppm  at  six minutes,



 and  then  began  to decrease.   The casting was  broken  out of the  mold



 about 30  minutes  after pouring and  maximum hydrocarbon concentra-



 tions of  about  1500 ppm  were  observed.



      The  average  concentrations of  the  major  gaseous  constituents of



 the  effluents from the green  sand are shown in  Table  II.  Two dif-



 ferent castings were  made:  the 4-inch  cube discussed above and a



 set  of bars  on  an ingate  that weighed about 15  Ib.  (with correspond-



 ing  sand-to-metal  ratio  of 7:1).  The values  listed  in Table II rep-



 resent the average maximum concentrations  observed during the  pouring



 and  breaking out  of the  castings.   The  size of  the casting does not



 appear to be  of major importance when the  mold  is  well ventilated,



 and  the values  for the concentrations are  not significantly different.



      Hydrogen was  not detected in these samples; it  can be expected



 to burn in the  mold.   This burning,  shown  in  Figure  5, may also ac-



count  for some  of  the variations in the values  obtained for carbon



monoxide and carbon dioxide.
                            -222-

-------
NJ

N>
             E
             a
             a.
               2000
               1800
               1600
               1400
               1200
               1000
                800
                600
                 400
                 200
                                                         Time in Minutes
                        Figure 7.  Variation of total  hydrocarbons  concentrated with time

                                    for  green sand under mold.

-------
                 Table II

Green Sand Emissions for Uncored Castings
                   Bar Mold
            Sand:Metal Ratio =7:1
      Cube Mold
Sand:Metal Ratio = 3:1
Element
Carbon monoxide
Carbon dioxide
Total hydrocarbons
Methane
Cyanide
Ammonia

(ppm)
(ppm)
(ppm)
(ppm)
(ppm)
(ppm)
Pour
1350
4920
1780
630
0.6
1.4
Shakeout
230
2360
640
80
0.4
1.1
Pour
1510
-
1400
520
1.3
1.1
Shakeout
650
-
470
250
3.3
3.4

-------
Particulate Emissions from Green Sand Molds
     Considerable amounts of participate material are evolved from
the green sand molds after pouring, and during the breaking open of
the molds to remove the castings.  The particulate matter contains
carbonaceous material from the burning organic material in the sand,
silica fines and clay from the molding aggregate, other fines pres-
ent in the mold, and metallic fumes.
     The particle-size distributions of particulate matter collected
in the cascade impactors during pouring and breakout of the green
sand molds are presented in Table  III.  These values are for the 4"
cube casting weighing about 30 pounds.  During pouring, 95% of the
particles evolved were less than 5 microns in diameter.  During
shakeout, 50% of the particles were less than 5 microns in diameter.
Particles in this size range are considered more hazardous to human
health than larger airborne particle^ because they penetrate into
the lungs and are deposited there.
     The dust loading of the effluent averaged 0.0625 grains/scf after
pouring and during solidification, and 0.0968 grains/scf during the
breakout of the 30 Ib. casting.  These calculations were based on
the total weight of material collected during the sampling time of
the impactors, and so represent average concentrations of dust in
the air.
     However, a time profile of dust concentration, shown in Figure 8,
shows that loading peaks occur soon after pouring and again just after
the breaking open of the mold to release the casting.  This type of
data was generated using an optical particle counter sampling over  a
ten-second interval and scanning several size ranges.  The data  shown
in Figure 8 is for particles in the size range of 0.35 to  1.00 microns
                            -225-

-------
                             Table III
             Particle Size Distributions of Green Sand
                  Emissions for 4" Cube Pattern
                          Pouring
                   Shakeout
 Size (microns)     Mass (grams) % of Total    Mass (grams) % of Total
 Less  than  0.54        3.98

 0.54  -  0.83           8.35

 0.84  -  1.34          23.01

 1.35  -  2.67          16.69

 2.68  -  4.14           1.86

 4.15  -  6.08            .97

 6.09  -  8.95            .53

 8.96  -14.36            .40

More  than 14.36        .68
 7.0

14.8

40.7

29.5

 3.3

 1.7

 0.9

 0.7

 1.2
 5.14

 2.28

 1.36

 0.36

 0.56

 0.24

10.88

 0.34

 0.28
24.0

10.6

 6.3

 1.7

 2.6

 1.1

50.7

 1.6

 1.3
                            -226-

-------
  o
  M
  O
  -H
  e
o H
c
  i
c
O m
•H m
-P •
<0
M 0)
4-> N
C-H

-------
 A similar  peaking  is  observed  for  larger  particles,  but  the  concen-
 trations are  much  lower.
      Particle counts  increase  very rapidly  after  pouring to  a  count
 of about 30,000  per cubic centimeter  and  then  exponentially  decrease
 with  time.  After  allowing  the casting  to cool for  30  minutes  in the
 mold,  the  mold was broken open in  a simulated  shakeout operation and
 the number of particles  in  the effluent increased dramatically to
 about  300,000 per  cubic  centimeter, an  order of magnitude greater
 than  the particulate  emissions observed during pouring.   This  agrees
 with  the impactor  data that showed shakeout to have  a  higher dust
 loading than  pouring.
     The dust samples of particles less than 5 microns in diameter
 collected  in  the impactor were analyzed for free  silica  by the
 Talvite colorimetric  method recommended by  NIOSH.6   The  free silica
 content of  the dust ranged  from 0.67% to  7.3%, with  the  mean value
 slightly over 1%.  Other constituents of  the dust were not identified.
 Pilot  Plant Studies
     The sand casting laboratories were used for  evaluating  emissions
 from a small  scale foundry  operation.   The  molding  sand  used is high
 in  natural  clay  content  and is referred to  as  "Yellow  Velvet." This
 sand has no seacoal   in  it,  but 1% cereal binder  is  added.  The water
 content is  nominally  5%.  Emissions were  measured during mulling,  at
 an  automatic  molding machine,  and  during  pouring  and shakeout.
     In these  trials/ a  plate  casting with  a sand-to-metal ratio  of
 4:1 and an  open  riser was cast.  No mold  ignition was  observed, either
during pouring or  while  on  the runout line  cooling,  although steam was
visibly given  off.  Table IV lists the  results for  the pilot plant
                             -228-

-------
                Table IV

        Pilot Plant Emission Data
Muller:
   Dust loading          .00396 gr/scf
   CO                       <50 ppm
   CO2                      850 ppm
   Total Hydrocarbons       200 ppm
   CH4                        7 ppm
Hunter Molding Machine:

   Dust loading           .00373 gr/scf
   CO                       <50 ppm
   CO2                      775 PPm
   Total Hydrocarbons       180 ppm
   CHi,                        2 ppm
Pouring:

   Dust  loading           .00291 gr/scf
   CO                       I500 PPm
   C02                      250° PPm
   Total Hydrocarbons       250 ppm
                             15 PPm
Shakeout:
   Dust  loading           .01654 gr/scf
   CO 2
   co                        670 ppm
   Total  Hydrocarbons        215 ppm
                               5
                  -229-

-------
 study.  The pouring emissions, collected under  the hood,  show a



 grain  loading  in the effluent of  .00291 gr/scf.  Carbon monoxide



 reached a maximum value of 1500 ppm, and the carbon dioxide  level



 was  a  maximum  of 2500 ppm.  The total hydrocarbon content, calcu-



 lated  relative to methane, was 250 ppm.



     The shakeout was accomplished by dumping the molds into a basket'



 that moved up  and down vigorously, so that the  sand fell  away from



 the  castings and out the bottom.  The atmosphere in this  operation



 was  extremely  humid.  The dust loading measured in the impactor was



 .01654 gr/scf.  However, the gaseous effluent using this  sand was



 much lower, with a carbon monoxide level less than 50 ppm, and car-



 bon  dioxide registering at only 670 ppm.  Total hydrocarbons were



 215  ppm.



     Table IV  also contains data  on several other sand mold  prepara-



 tion operations found in the foundry.  In mulling, batches of 150



 Ib.  were prepared by adding the sand, then the  clay, and  finally the



 water, and mulling for three minutes.  Total mulling cycle time was



 approximately  six minutes, and  sampling was continued through four



 complete cycles to insure that impactor catches were large enough



 for  accurate weighing.  Average sand temperature was 80°F.



     The grain loading was observed to be  .00396 gr/scf.  The carbon



 monoxide level was below 50 ppm,  and the carbon dioxide was  near  850



 ppm.  Total hydrocarbons were present at 200 ppm.  The  operation  in



 the pilot plant was considerably  cleaner than with the  green sand



containing seacoal that was sampled in the laboratory muller.  Table



V lists the effluent analysis from the laboratory  tests  for  the



various sand preparation steps.   The moisture content  of  the sand



is the largest variable.  A hot,  dry sand  as  it is  returned  from the
                             -230-

-------
                  Table V

   Laboratory Sand Preparation Effluent
Muller
   Dust loading  (dry)       .192 gr/SCF
                 (wet)       .007 gr/SCF
   Average CO                 18 ppm
   Average CO2              1530 ppm
   Average Total Hydro-
     carbons                 115 ppm
Jolt-squeeze molding

   Average CO                <20 ppm
   Average C02               800 ppm
   Average Total Hydro-
     carbons                 <10 ppm
Shakeout

   Dust loading             .149 gr/SCF
   Average CO                 20 ppm
   Average CO2               510 ppm
   Average Total Hydro-
     carbons                  80 ppm
                    -231-

-------
 shakeout area produces a much higher grain loading than the wet



 ready-to-mold sand.





 Discussion



      This research has shown  that a number of undesirable substances



 can be emitted into the foundry atmosphere from the green sand mold-



 ing operation as  it is commonly employed.   Data from this research



 should be useful  in developing suitable  designs of ventilation sys-



 tems, and it certainly shows  the necessity of proper ventilation in



 the pouring area  and in the run-out and  shakeout areas of the foundry.



      A typical foundry may pour over a hundred molds an hour.  Each



 mold can produce  an average of about 750 ppm of CO, or 150 ft.3, over



 a period of an hour,  as estimated by integration of the area under



 the curve in Figure  6.   The other gaseous  constituents will be a frac-



 tion of this amount,  but the  combined amounts are large enough to be



 important.



      In a foundry where the ventilation  system is good, these species



 may well be diluted  to the point where their discharge is harmless.



 The peak concentrations will  tend to be  levelled out as a new mold



 is  poured every 30 to 45 seconds.   In those foundries that have not



 considered  the  problem,  the amount and nature of the environmental



 pollution may  be  significant.



      Likewise  the particulate  matter introduced into the foundry at-



 mosphere  by the sand  casting  process is  approximately 5.5 grams per



mold  for  one of the castings  selected in this investigation.  The



particle  size distribution in  Table III  indicates that much of this



material, especially  that from the shakeout, will settle out inside



the plant,  or in  the  vicinity  if it is entrained in the ventilation
                              -232-

-------
system and exhausted  from  the  plant.   However,  there  are appreciable
amounts of fine particles  in these  emissions  that may present environ-
mental problems.  The  low  content of  free  silica in this material in-
dicates that it may not  present a serious  health problem.  These parti-
cles are small enough  to remain airborne for  several  days and they are
in the respirable size range.   If some of  the organic compounds emit-
ted in the molding operation  (such  as the  polynuclear aromatic hydro-
carbons) are condensed on  them,  as  is quite possible, they may present
a hazard to human  health.  Much work needs to  be done in the area
of qualification and  quantification of these  compounds in the foun-
dry emissions before  the scope of the problem is properly understood.
     There are several different ways to produce molds, and perhaps
one of these will decrease the severity of the  problem.  There are sea-
coal substitutes being marketed that,  it is claimed,  will decrease
the amount of carbon monoxide  emitted.  However, these are polysty-
renes and it is possible that  some  of their thermal decomposition
products could be equally  undesirable.  Unfortunately, the reducing
atmosphere at the mold-metal interface which  is needed to make a
good casting almost necessarily results in the  production of noxious
organic emissions.8'9
     In addition to the  traditional clay bonded molding aggregates,
there have been a number of chemical  binders  introduced in the last
fifteen years.  It is  possible that these  no-bake binders may im-
prove the emissions.   There are several of these binders that have
little or no organic constituents,  and perhaps  one of these can be
developed to where it  can  produce acceptable  castings with relatively
few harmful emissions.
                             -233-

-------
      Recent work with  permanent mold  casting processes  for  iron  cast-



 ings  has  shown  that  an increasing number  of castings may be made by



 this  process without loss of desired  physical  properties and with



 significantly less environmental contamination.2'10  The weight  of



 particulate introduced into the atmosphere on  a per casting basis



 was reduced from 5.5 grams to  0.15 grams  for one particular configu-



 ration.   Likewise, there were  significant reductions in both peak



 and average gas concentrations.  The  average carbon monoxide con-



 centration was  less  than 35 ppm.  Unfortunately, this process  is not



 suitable  for all castings, but it could be used more extensively



 than  at the present.



      In conclusion,  the foundry industry  as a  whole may have another



 problem in that their  fugitive emissions  appear to present  an  unde-



 sirable environmental  contamination.  Control  will be difficult  and



 expensive, due to the  large amounts of air involved.  The cost of



 control will have to be borne on top  of the costs of control of  stack



 emissions and requirements for meeting Department of Labor  (OSHA)



 compliance.  Many in the industry feel that they may not be able to



 afford another costly  compliance program.  There is evidence that a



 number of foundries  have already been forced to close due to the cost



 of EPA and OSHA compliance requirements.  In addition,  the  money spent



 by the foundries for compliance has been  diverted from  needed  capital



 expenditures that would normally upgrade  the technology in  the foundry.



A great deal of work needs to be done to  identify and quantify the



 fugitive emissions from a foundry and to  determine  the  importance



of their contribution  to the whole environment as weighed  against
                              -234-

-------
the importance of the industry to our society.  If control should still



be necessary, it then becomes paramount that the methods be fully de-



veloped before being implemented to  insure  the best capital utilization,








Acknowledgements



     The experimental work reported  in  this paper was  supported under



Grant 1 RO1  OH  00456-01 from the National Institute  for Occupational



Safety and Health,  Public Health  Service, Department of Health, Educa-



tion and Welfare.   The  authors also  gratefully acknowledge  the



assistance of Mrs.  Ruby James and Mr.  Joe McCain and their  staffs.
 cbf
                                -235-

-------
                           REFERENCES





1.   Scott, W. D., James, R. H., and Bates, C. E., "Foundry Air Con-



     taminants from Green Sand Molds," Journal of American Industrial



     Hygiene Association, April, 1976.



2.   Bates, C. E. and Scott, W. D., "Better Foundry Hygiene Through



     Permanent Mold Casting," Final Report to NIOSH on Contract



     1 R01 00456-01, January 30, 1976.



3.   Gutow, B., "An Inventory of Iron Foundry Emissions," Modern



     Castings, January, 1972, p. 46-48.



4.   Bates, C. E. and Scheel, L. D., "Processing Emissions and Occu-



     pational Health in the Ferrous Foundry Industry," Journal of



     Am. Indus. Hygiene Assn., August,,1974, p. 452-462.



5.   Gwin, C., Scott, W. D., and James, R. H., "A Preliminary Inves-



     tigation of the Organic Chemical Emissions from Green Sand



     Pyrolysis," to be presented at the 1976 Annual Conference of



     the Am. Indus. Hygiene Assn., Atlanta, Goergia, in May, 1976.



6.   "Criteria for a Recommended Standard for Occupational Exposure



     to Crystalline Silica, " HEW Publication No. (NIOSH) 75-120,



     1974.



7.   Smith, W. B. and McCain, J. D., "Particle Size Measurement in



     Industrial Flue Gases," Air Pollution Control, Part II, John



     Wiley & Sons, 1976.



8.   Scott, W. D. and Bates, C. E., "Decomposition of Resin Binders



     and the Relationship Between Gases Formed and the Casting Sur-



     face Quality," AFS Transactions, 1975, p. 519-524.
                             -236-

-------
 9.   Draper, A.  B.  and Gaindhar, J. L., "The Role of Mold Atmospheres



     in  the  Penetration of Steel in Sand Molds," AFS Transactions,



     1975.



10.   Jones,  C.  A.  and Bates, C. E., "Permanent Mold Casting of Gray,



     Ductile and Malleable Iron," AFS Transactions, 1972, p. 547-559.
                              -237-

-------
Tuesday Afternoon, May 18, 1976






SESSION IV:  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY






CONTROL OP FUGITIVE EMISSIONS IN PETROLEUM REFINING





John H. Weiland, Texaco Inc.





(Representing the American Petroleum Institute)
                       -239-

-------
          Mr. Weiland holds the title of Coordinator in the
                                                         *

Environmental Protection Department of Texaco Inc.  His pri-

mary responsibility is coordinating Texaco"s activities in

the areas of stationary source emissions and environmental

noise.  Mr. Weiland has been actively involved in the American

Petroleum Institute's environmental affairs activities for the

past 10 years, having served as Chairman and member of a number

of task forces investigating various industry problems asso-

ciated with stationary source emissions.  He is currently

Chairman of the Stationary Source Emissions Committee of the

API Division of Environmental Affairs.
               •X-*********-****-**
          For the purpose of this discussion fugitive emis-

sions are defined as any emissions which are not released

through a stack or duct.  In petroleum refining,under this

definition,volatile hydrocarbons are the primary futitive

emissions of concern.  It is proposed to review some of the

emission sources, discuss briefly the emission factors that

are commonly used to attempt to get some fix on these emis-

sions, and then discuss some of the control methods that may

be used.

          There are a great many possible sources of fugitive

hydrocarbon emissions in. a refinery.  A modern refinery  is  a

very complex installation consisting of numerous  different

processes, all with associated pumps, compressors, pipe  line

flanges, valves, including relief valves, tanks,  and so  on.

There may be thousands of flanges and valves in a large  complex

refinery.   Pumps and compressors can number in  the hundreds.
                            -240-

-------
Other possible  sources of fugitive emissions,  much  fewer in
number,  include vacuum jets,  cooling towers, blowdown  systems,
hydrocarbon loading operations,  sampling of the hydrocarbon
streams,  process drains,  and  oil-water separators.
           The emission factors in EPA publication AP-42*
basically go back to studies  made in the Los Angeles area in
the  last of the fifties.   These  studies were conducted by the
U.S.  Public Health Service in cooperation with the  Western Oil
&  Gas Association and the Los Angeles Air Pollution Control
District.   This was a very excellent study in  that  an  effort
was  made to thoroughly inventory the equipment and  facilities
which actually  existed in these  plants and the services in
which the equipment was operating.  Then "representative"
individual items were selected for emission testing.   Various
procedures were used, including enclosing the equipment in
plastic  "tents" where feasible to capture and  measure  the
emissions.
           There have been a number of comments made during the
course of this  conference which have emphasized that an emis-
sion factor for a given piece of equipment or  process  is not
necessarily applicable across the board to all superfically
similar  equipment in a whole  industry.  Thus,  it is important
to keep  in mind that,  in an absolute sense, the factors that
were derived for petroleum refineries were specific to the
^"Compilation of Air  Pollutant  Emission Factors,"  U.S.  Envi-
 ronmental. Protection Agency, March,  197';;.
                            -241-

-------
 pieces  of  equipment which were measured and the extrapolation
 of these factors to any refinery, in the gross sense, or to
 any other  petroleum operation is not technically completely
 accurate.  The results, however, have been useful to give a
 general idea of where major problem areas may be and to help
 evaluate the possible order of magnitude of refinery emissions.
           At the present time the emission factors developed
 in the  late 1950fs are no longer believed generally applicable
 in many cases.  The technology's improved a very great deal:
 the operating and maintenance procedures have improved over
 the last 15 years and some of these factors are undoubtedly
 high by an order of magnitude or more when applied to modern
 technology and operations.  Consideration has been and is
 being given by industry and various regulatory agencies to
 the updating of these emission factors.  This may indeed be-
 come necessary in order to obtain a current assessment of the
 present order of magnitude of fugitive hydrocarbon emissions
 from modern refineries.  However, it is not an easy or inex-
 pensive thing to do.
           Now, let's consider possible control methods.  Good
housekeeping and good maintenance is the key to eliminating
or minimizing hydrocarbon losses from many of the sources men-
tioned.  It is necessary that operating personnel realize that
hydrocarbons must be contained within the appropriate lines
and vessels and that any leaks or malfunctions should be cor-
rected promptly.   Specific comments on the various  sources
follow:
                            -242-

-------
        • Flanges and valves  - Leaks  can be eliminated or held
                                                        «

to an absolute minimum with adequate  inspection procedures and


prompt maintenance to correct any  leaks noted.


        • Relief valves  - Venting  of  relief valves to the


refinery flare system to the  maximum  extent feasible will


reduce hydrocarbon emissions  from  this source to a minimum.


        • Pumps and compressors  -  There has been a great deal


of both technical and housekeeping improvement in this area.


The industry is going more and more to the use of mechanical


seals on new equipment as opposed  to  packing glands.  Properly


designed and maintained  mechanical seals reduce emissions to


insignificance in pumps  and compressors.  In cases where there


are older pumps with packing  glands or where packing glands


are needed because of the type of  service a technique that can


be used is to collect any drips  and route them into an under-


ground slop oil tank for later pumpout to a slop oil system,


        • Tankage - The  control  of volatile hydrocarbons emis-


sions from tankage is accomplished either by the use of float-


ing roofs or vapor recovery systems.  Both of these are very


effective in controlling these emissions, and over the years


the industry has increasingly utilized such systems.


        • Vacuum jets -  In the past many vacuum towers on


crude units used a barometric condenser system to condense


the steam from the vacuum jets.  This requires the injection


of large volumes of water into the steam jet.  The water and


condensed steam was discharged into a sump at the base of the


jets.   There is some carryover of  hydrocarbon
                           -243-

-------
fractions into the barometric sump resulting in some hydrocar-
bon evaporation into the atmosphere.  This can be corrected by
replacing barometric condensers using direct water injection
with surface condensers.
        • Cooling Towers - The control of cooling towers is
obviously a question of maintenance.  There will be no hydro-
carbons in cooling towers unless there is a leak in condensers
or coolers somewhere in the system and unless the pressure
differential is such that the hydrocarbon pressure in the
equipment is in excess of the water pressure.
        • Slowdown- systems - In preparing a unit for test and
inspection,any vessels, exchangers, lines, etc. that are going
to be opened must, as a matter of safety, be thoroughly purged
of hydrocarbons.  To minimize hydrocarbon emissions the unit
can be deprassured to a flare and the liquid hydrocarbons
that remain pumped to a slop tank.  The jremianing hydrocarbons -
and there'll still be little residues here and there -- can be
drained to an underground slop tank.
                                         »
        • Process drains, oil/water sewers, and oil/water sep-
arators - The best solution to these, of course, is to keep
the amount of hydrocarbons entering them to a minimum.  Over
and beyond that, use of covered-drain systems and covered oil/
water separators will prevent or minimize hydrocarbon emissions
to the atmosphere.  In addition, segregation of steam conden-
sate and any other high temperature water to prevent its dis-
charge into oil/water sewers or process drains will reduce
volatilzation of any hydrocarbons in the system.
                           -244-

-------
        • Hydrocarbon loading  operations  - Hydrocarbon emis-
sions during loading  of  tank cars  and  tank trucks can be con-
trolled by use of a vapor-recovery system which will recover
the hydrocarbons during  the loading operation.
        • Fugitive dust  emissions  - The major possible source
of such emissions in  a refinery  is from coke piles associated
with coking units.  There  are  at least three ways of handling
any problem of dust emissions  from a coke pile.  One involves
the use of a large building in which to store the coke under
cover;  If outside storage is  used,  the pile can be wet down
with water.  This can create a problem in that any water run-
off must be settled to remove  coke dust.  Another way that
has been used where the  pile is  going  to be inactive for a
time is to spray the  pile  with some type of a polymer solu-
tion which will seal  the surface.
           In summary^ a well  controlled and maintained refin-
ery should have minimal  problems with  the types of emissions
discussed.  One of the ways to measure the progress that a
given refinery has made  over the years is to compare the odor
eminating from a well-controlled refinery today with how the
refinery smelled say  35  years  ago.   Fart of the improvement,
of course,, is associated with  control  of  stack emissions.
But a great deal of it is  due  to the better housekeeping and
to the use of improved equipment 'and procedures.  This improve-
ment is certainly indicative that  the  refinery Is indeed doing
a good job of controlling  fugitive emissions.
                            -245-

-------
  THE COST EFFECTIVENESS  OF

 COKE OVEN CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
       Robert E. Kenson
        Norman E. Bowne
        William A. Cot£
TRC - THE RESEARCH CORPORATION
          of New England
    125 Silas Deane Highway
    Wethersfield, CT  06109
               -247-

-------
           THE COST EFFECTIVENESS OF COKE OVEN CONTROL TECHNOLOGY -
                          STUDY OF AMBIENT AIR IMPACT

 1.0  Introduction

     The state-of-the art of coke oven emissions has progressed dramat-
 ically in the last decade.  Substantial reductions in charging, pushing,
 and quenching emissions are possible; however, there are large costs as-
 sociated with this new control technology.  Four questions need answering:

     1.  What effect do controls have on ambient air quality?
         (Primary standards and/or allowed significant deteriora-
         tion increment)

     2.  What is feasible for retrofit on present coke ovens?

     3.  What is feasible for installation with new coke ovens?

     4.  What controls are most cost effective?

     TRC air quality studies for industrial clients have shown that
 low level or fugitive emissions, such as those usually found in coke oven
 operations, are often the critical factor in determining local ambient air
 quality rather than the stack emissions.

     The steel industry is faced with the following dilemma:

     o Ambient air quality standards are not being met in many
       urban areas where integrated steel mills are located.

     o Substantial sums of money have already been expended by
       steel companies to control stack emissions.

     o The highly visible fugitive emissions from operations
       such as coke oven batteries have been identified as the
       next targets for control equipment installation.

     o The cost of fugitive emission controls is high and not
       as well proven as those for stack emissions.

     o If, after installation of these controls, ambient air
       quality does not substantially improve, more pressure
       will be on for tighter controls on all steel mill air
       emission sources.

     It is the purpose of this paper to show how to assess  the  cost effec-
 tiveness of coke oven emission controls.  The approach uses measured coke
 oven emission rates or best estimates of them as inputs to  a  computer model
which predicts their impact on amtjient air quality.  Knowledge  of the costs
 of each control concept and the degree of control of coke oven  emissions
 for each concept permits the determination of the incremental cost of in-
 cremental improvements in ambient air quality.  When these  are  plotted,
 cost effectiveness curves are developed which answer two serious  questions.
These questions are:
                                  -248-

-------
     o Will coke oven emission controls solve the ambient air quality
       problem?                                               n     *

     o If so, what is the minimum cost solution to the problem?

If emission controls are installed, they must solve the right problems.

2.0  Coke Emission Control Technology

     Although the purpose of this paper was not to establish the state-of-
the-art in coke oven control technology, an evaluation of the feasibility
(commercial and technical) of various proposed control methods was re-
quired.  The most proven technologies were identified for control of:

     o Coke oven charging emissions

     o Coke pushing emissions

     o Coke quenching emissions

OTHER SOURCES (door leaks, underfiring, coal and coke handling)'were not
evaluated here.

2.1  Coke Oven Charging
    i

     The charging of coal into coke ovens results in a fugitive emission
release consisting of coal dust, tars and gases from the charging hole.
Control technologies considered commercially feasible for prevention of
substantial charging emissions include:

     o Staged charging with oven evacuation

     o Larry cars equipped x^ith gas collecting systems and wet
       scrubbers

     o Pipeline charging

The former two have been considered as retrofits for present coke ovens  as
well as feasible for new coke oven battery construction.  In some cases,
pipeline charging, which is a technology considered suitable for new con-
struction, has been installed in rebuilt batteries to meet the need for
strict control of particulate emissions.

2.2  Coking

     Leakage of emissions (gases, fumes) from the coke oven doors and other
openings in the ovens are minor but hard to control sources of emissions.
Although improved door sealing is a potential control, it is hard to esti-
mate the degree of control achieved by this technique.  The only controls
considered here were sheds with scrubbers whose primary purpose was  to con-
trol pushing emissions.

2.3  Coke Pushing

     The pushing of the incandescent coke from the oven into  the quench



                                 -249-

-------
car results in emission of hot coke particles and tars as well as gases
from the coke as it leaves the oven and dumps into the quench car.  Al-
though there have been commercial control equipment installations, the
technology is undergoing change and new concepts are now in design stage.
Commercially feasible controls include:

     o Coke side sheds ducted to wet scrubbers or electrostatic
       precipitators

     o Coke guide and hooded quench car

Both have been considered for retrofit to present ovens and for new con-
struction.  In new construction, the hooded quench car can contain a mo-
bile quench station which eliminates quench towers.

2.4  Coke Quenching

     Although changes in this technology may be more related to water
reuse and pollution, they do result in lower air pollution emissions.
Commercially feasible control technologies include:

     o Dry quenching

     o Coke guide and hooded quench car (with mobile quench station)
    t
Both technologies have been primarily considered for new installations
rather than retrofit.

2.5 Effectiveness of Controls

    "Because of the problems associated with fugitive emission measurement
and the small number of present control equipment installations, the
effective percent emission control of many of the technologies described
can only be estimated.  Conservative estimates were used for calculations
in this paper, and deviations from these in actual practice can be shown
not to be critical for analysis of the data.  Comprehensive and accurate
measurement programs will be required to give us better emission factors
for coke oven operations.  Table II-I sums up the emission estimates used
in the prediction of the effect of coke oven emissions on ambient air
quality.

3.0  Air Quality Prediction

3..1  Methodology for Prediction of Impact

     The basic procedures for the accurate prediction of  the  impact  on
ambient air of any emissions, whether fugitive or  stack,  include:

     o Identification of all significant emission  points

     o Estimation of emission release heights, temperatures  and
       exit velocities

     o Estimation of emission rates, and particle size/density for
       particulates (latter for deposition models)
                                 -250-

-------
     o Evaluation of availability  and validity  of  local ambient
       air quality and meteorology data

     o Application of a  reliable,  tested  short  term  (1 - 24 hour)
       or long term  (annual  average) diffusion  model to worst case
       air quality time  period  or  periods

     o Comparison of measured and  predicted air quality to establish
       the accuracy  of the calculations

     o Use of auxiliary  techniques (tracer studies, morphological/
       chemical analysis of  particulates, etc.) to enhance accuracy
       of predictions if required.

     TRC has applied these techniques to  the  study for the steel industry
of coke emission impacts for several projected  and existing facilities.
The predicted and observed air  quality data (in the case of existing facil-
ities) has shown the validity and  the basic accuracy of the methodology
mentioned above.

3.2  Case Studies

     As a case study, TRC chose a  hypothetical  coke oven facility which
could represent a proposed or present facility.  The facility specifica-
tions are given in Table III-l.  This represents a medium size "grassroots"
mill or an expansion of  a present  integrated  steel mill,

     The emission factors of Table II-l were  used  to represent those of
the actual facilities with and  without various  add-on controls.  A TRC
developed short-term air quality diffusion model was used in conjunction
with "worst case" 24-hour meteorology from typical steel mill locations in
East Coast and Pittsburgh areas to show the impact of coke oven emissions
on ambient air quality at two different site  types (coastal and river
valley).  Particle size  was. assumed to be 1.0 y and particle density was
assumed to be 1.0 gm/cc.  Emissions from  coal handling or oven underfiring
were not modeled.

3.3  Results of Modelling

     Figure 3-1 is an isopleth  map of the "worst case" 24-hour particulate
concentrations for the East  Coast  location with no coke oven emission con-
trols.  As a comparison,  Table  III-2 shows the  "fenceline" air quality re-
sults and results at 1/4, 1/2 and  1 mile  from the "fenceline" for both
controlled and uncontrolled  coke oven emissions.

     The results show that uncontrolled coke  oven emissions have a signifi-
cant impact on local ambient air quality.  In order to ensure that off-
plant ambient air samples met the  24-hour primary particulate standards
(considering here also the other potential fugitive sources in-plant and
background particulate levels),  an uncontrolled coke oven would have to be
located about 1 1/2 miles from  any steel  plant  boundary.  In fact, it
would be imperative that significant modelling  predictions be run before
the location for such a  facility is chosen.   The impact decreases drastic-
ally with distance from  the  plant  "fenceline" and  is also directionally
dependent.

-------
     A similar analysis can be given to the predicted particulate concen-
trations for the Pittsburgh area location.  Figure 3-2 is an isopleth map
for particulate concentrations for this case, and Table II-3 summarizes
particulate concentrations as a function of distance from plant "fence-
line".  The comparison of controlled vs uncontrolled coke oven emissions is
similar to that for the East Coast location.

     One point worth noting is the impact of quench tower emissions on am-
bient air quality.  Because they act as a high velocity elevated plume from
a stack (except for "rain out" close to the tower) rather than as a fugi-
tive emission, their impact would be at a greater distance from the plant
than low level fugitive emission from changing or pushing.  In fact, their
local impact might be increased by their control by a mobil quench facility
whose off-gasses are wet scrubbed even though overall impact is decreased
off plant property.  The low buoyancy, low velocity plume if released from
a stub stack will be transported in a similar manner to the true fugitive
emissions.

     The two case studies shown are just examples of potential impact of
coke over emissions on ambient air quality.  Each specific site may lead
to quantitatively different results.  However, the two cases cited show,
for locations of many present and proposed steel mill facilities, the en-
vironmental problems of coke oven site selection.

4.0 . Cost Effectiveness of Controls

     In order to determine the cost effectiveness of the potential coke
oven emission control technologies, it was necessary to compare the costs
of each of these.  Table IV-1 shows updated cost data developed from  cur-
rent literature sources.  It shows that there are a wide range of costs
associated with the emission controls considered for present and proposed
coke ovens.  Their cost effectiveness is determined by plotting the pre-
dicted ambient air quality at a specific location against the cost of the
control technology required to obtain that air quality.

     Figures 4-1 and 4-2 show such plots for two ambient locations beyond
plant "fenceline" (East Coast and Pittsburgh locations are plotted on the
same curves).  As better and better air quality is required, the costs
rise significantly and not in any direct proportion to the air quality  im-
provement.  These cases have in addition neglected the fugitive emissions
from such integrated steel mill sources as blast furnaces, EOF shops, elec-
tric furnace shops, sinter plants and ore/limestone/coal/coke storage.
The cost curves are similar for control of these.  It is  therefore  impor-
tant to ask the question:  Is there a significant overall benefit  to  the
population in reducing coke oven (and other fugitive source) emissions
below a certain level where controls are no longer cost-effective  in  order
to meet air quality standards?  An additional question is:  Is there
another control strategy which would achieve the same result?

5.0  Conclusions

     The results of this,case study have  the following implications for
present coke oven operations:

     o Stringent controls may be required  on coke ovens  to  help
                                  -252-

-------
       the attainment of ambient air quality standards in the
       local area.

     o It is important to identify the sources which signifi-
       cantly impact the ambient air so that the controls can
       be applied to the proper sources.

     o The controls may be costly and require rebuilding of the
       ovens.

     o It is possible, even after the implementation of con-
       trols, especially where property lines are close to the
       coke ovens, to have ambient air quality standard vio-
       lations partially caused by coke oven emissions.

     o It is important for steel mill management to examine
       the cost-effectiveness (air quality benefit vs incre-
       mental control costs) of several control system alter-
       natives for coke oven emissions before implementing any
       of'them.                                              *

     o Attention should also be paid to control of other in-
       plant and non-plant fugitive sources.

    • For proposed coke oven operations, the aforementioned hold and,  as
well, there are the following implications:

     o The environmental as well as construction/process
       engineering aspects of coke oven battery placement
       must be taken into account in design and placement
       of a new facility.

     o Even with stringent coke oven controls, problems may
       occur in meeting the air quality deterioration criteria
       for new facilities even in areas where such industrial
       expansion would be allowed.

     The technology of coke oven emission control is advancing, however it
is important to assess the impact on ambient air quality of the expendi-
ture of such large sums of capital.  TRC has identified, and is now pur-
suing, the following areas of future needs to improve our ability to pre-
dict the impact of fugitive emissions  (such as coke ovens) on ambient air ,
quality:

     o Methods for measurement of mass rate, particle size/
       density of fugitive emissions.

     o Methods for the measurement of  time dependent and ill-
       defined fugitive emission sources.

     o Methods for the calibration of models using tracers  to
       develop site-specific detailed models for industrial
       sites.

     o Methods for better defining non-industrial emission
                                  -253-

-------
      sources or ill-defined fugitive sources to allow
      better predictions of ambient air quality.

hese areas of development will allow us to give a more thorough analysis
f what affects local ambient air quality and how to improve it in the
ost cost-effective manner.
                                 -254-

-------
REFERENCES
1.  R. E. Kenson, P. W. Kalika, and J. E. Yocom, "Fugitive Emissions
    from Coal", NCA/BCR Coal Conference and Expo II, Louisville, KY,
    October, 1975.

2.  P. W. Kalika, P. T. Bartlett, R. E. Kenson and J. E. Yocom,
    "Measurement of Fugitive Emissions", 68th Annual APCA Meeting,
    Boston, Mass., June 1975.

3.  L. F. Kutcher and  B.  Linsky,  "Economics of Coke Oven Charging
    Controls", Air Pollution Control Association, 24:765 (1974).

4.  Air Pollution Emission  Factors, EPA Publication AP-42, April 1973.
                                   -255-

-------
                     Table 11-1

    Emission Factors* Used for the Prediction of the
Impact of Coke Oven Emissions on Ambient Air Quality
Operation
Charging
Charging
Charging
Charging
Coking
Coking
Coking
Pushing
Pushing
Pushing
Quench
Quench
Quench
Controls
technology
None
Staged charging
Scrubber on Larry car
Pipeline charging
None
Coke side shed/scrubber
Push/coke side shed/scrubber
None
Coke side shed/scrubber
Coke guide/hood
None
Coke guide/hood
Dry quench
Estimated
per cent
control
0
90
90
98
0
42
83
0
83
95
0
98
98
Particulate
emissions
(Ibs./ton coal)
1.5
0.15
0.15
0.03
0.1
0.06
0.02
0.6
0.1
0.03
0.9
0.02
0.02
 * Uncontrolled taken from
 EPA Publication AP-42
                            -256-

-------
                      Table III - 1
        Hypothetical Coke Oven Facility For Case Study
Steel Production
Coke Production
Coke Batteries
Ovens/Battery
Oven Capacity
Coking Cycle
Oven Reliability
2.5 mm tons/year (6850 tons/day)
4100 tons/day
2
100
25 tons
16 hours
90%
Oven Site Size:    1000'  x  3000'  (including coal  storage)
Steel Plant Size:  6000'  x  8000'  (centered on coke ovens)
                        -257-

-------
    15,000
    10,000
Distance
in feet
     5,000
                                     N
                                     t
              Figure 3 - 1

Particu late Concentration Isopleths
(in Micrograms/Cubic Meter) for
Coke Oven Impact Studies
24 Hour Worst Case - East Coast Location
                                           Coke
                                           oven
                                           site
                                     5,000
              10,000
15,000
                                              Distance in feet
                                              -258-

-------
                           Table
       Predicted Ambient Air Quality (Micrograms/Cubic Meter)
for Particulates - 24 Hour Worst Case for East Coast Coke Oven Location

	
Uncontrolled
Staged charging
Staged charging
plus
coke side shed
with scrubber
Staged charging
plus
coke guide/hood
Pipeline charging
plus
coke side shed
with scrubber
Pipeline charging
plus
coke guide/hood
Pipeline charging
plus
push/coke side
sheds with scrubber
plus
coke guide/hood
plus
dry quench
Fenceline
sampler
• • "• 1 !!••
1290
500



182


165



110


94







53
1/4 mile
from
Fenceline
1275
490



180


160



109


93







52
1/2 mile
from
Fenceline
295
115



40


37



25


22







13
1 mile
from
Fenceline
30
12



4


4



3


2







1
                              -259-

-------
                        Table III - 3
    Predicted Ambient Air Quality (Micrograms/Cubic Meter)
for Participates - 24 Hour Worst Case for Pittsburgh Coke Oven Location


Uncontrolled
Staged charging
Staged charging
plus
shed with
scrubber/precipitator
Pipeline charging
plus
coke side shed
with scrubber
Staged charging
plus
coke guide/hood
Pipeline charging
plus
push/coke side
sheds with scrubber
plus
coke guide hood
plus
dry quench
Fenceline
sampler
750
290



95



65


55







30
1/4 mile ,
from
Fenceline
480
195



60



40


35







20
1/2 mile
from
Fenceline
315
125



40



27


23







13
1 mile
from
Fenceline
67
28



9



6


5







3
                                      -260-

-------
   15,000
   10,000
Distance
in feet
    5,000
             Figure 3 - 2

Particulate Concentration Isopleths
(in Micrograms/Cubic Meter) for
Coke Oven Impact Studies
24 Hour Worst Case - Pittsburgh Location
                                      1
                                    5,000
                                               Distance in feet
10,000
15,000
                                           -261-

-------
                             Table IV - 1

            Estimated Costs of Emission Control Systems for
                      Coke Oven Cases Studied*
Controls
installed
1. AISI staged
charging
2. Coke side shed
a) with scrubber
b) with preciptator
3. Charging air
with scrubber
4. Enclosed coke
pushing and
quench car
with scrubber
5. Pipeline charging
(Retrofit)
6. Dry quenching
Capital costs
$
2 batteries
1,500,000
3,000,000
6,000,000
1,500,000
8,000,000
20,000,000
10,000,000
4 batteries
3,000,000
6,000,000
12,000,000
3,000,000
16,000,000
40,000,000
20,000,000
Operating, maintenance
and repair costs
$/year
2 batteries
200,000
450,000
200,000
225,000
800,000
2,000,000
650,000
4 batteries
400,000
900,000
400,000
450,000
1,600,000
4,000,000
1,300,000
*Using updated literature data and equipment
 vendor quotations
                           -262-

-------
1000
Participate
concentrations C
at "Fenceline"
500
0
(
>- • East Coast Location
I O Pittsburgh Location
-*•
X
°^°- 	 S ft
) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 4
         Capital cost for coke oven controls ($mm)

Cost Effectiveness of Coke Oven
       Emission Controls

          Figure 4 - 1
                  -263-

-------
          300
             O
           200

Participate
concentrations
1/2 mile from
"Fenceline"


           100
O
                                                 • East Coast Location
                                                 O Pittsburgh Location
                                 10
                                    20                 30
                       Capital cost for coke oven controls ($mm)

                    Cost Effectiveness of Coke Oven
                           Emission Controls

                              Figure 4 - 2
40
                                                        -264-

-------
                     Session V:

FUTURE NEEDS FOR MEASUREMENTS AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

              Robert M. Statnick, Ph.D.
                  Session Chairman
                        -265-

-------
    FUTURE NEEDS FOR MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL OF FUGITIVE DUST

                      F. A. Renninger, P.E.
                    Vice President-Operations
               National Crushed Stone Association
                             * * *
         This is not a technical paper in any sense of the word.
It is a review of how the crushed stone industry looks at a problem,
which is basically a dust problem...fugitive dust problems.
Dr. Thomas Blackwood has laid some very excellent groundwork for
this review with his studies of the impact of open sources on over-
all air quality.
         To begin-this presentation, here is a bit of background
on the crushed stone industry.  The crushed stone industry is the
largest non-fuel mining industry in the country.  Approximately
one billion tons of rock are processed per year.  These billion
tons are produced from approximately 4500 to 4700 individual quarry
sites around the country.  These quarries vary from extremely small,
independently-owned operations to extremely large, corporate-held
locations.  For instance, the 1900 smallest quarries account for
less than 2 percent of the total production; the 180 largest quarries
account for over 50 percent of the production.  There is a tremendous
size variation and there is also a tremendous difference in the
ability of individual companies to deal with the many technical pro-
blems facing the industry today.
                           BACKGROUND
         Concern with the ambient dust situation in quarries started
in the early 1960's.  In 1963 it was decided that the time had  come
to try to determine what was meant by the numbers everybody was  talking
about with respect to a rock quarry.
         Considerable time was spent in the field and some very inter-
                              -267-

-------
esting things were discovered.  The only types of applicable
measuring procedures available at that time were, of course, the
ambient air measuring techniques.  But, it was found that there is
a very definite area of influence around a rock quarry.  It doesn't
really make much difference whether one is upwind or downwind of
the site.  The fact that there is a big hole in the ground tends
to set up a micrometerology in the area and an upwind/downwind
relationship does not truly develop.  A scattering phenomenon in
all directions is more common.  If one were to take a compass and
draw a circle approximately 3500 feet in radius from some central
point in the operation, that circle would encompass, for all practical
purposes, the impact area of that rock quarry.  In other words, at
about this distance both the suspended air levels and the settled
dust levels essentially return to the normal background in the area.
High volume samples within this area literally have dust particles
falling off the filter paper.  But, as Dr. Blackwood previously
stated, one is not really measuring suspended dust, but rather both
suspended dust and a substantial amount of dust that is on its way
out of the atmosphere...very heavy, large pieces of rock.
         Since the above original work, this same pattern has
developed at a number of locations.  There seems to be almost a
halving effect for every thousand feet one moves away  from some
central point within the operation.  Within this area, however,
there is without question, some impact	not a toxic situation, but
rather a nuisance situation.
         For years our industry has talked about the captive  or
capturable dust, which is generated as a result of  the -processing
                              -268-

-------
operation...crushing, screening and conveying.  This is opposed to



the fugitive dust, which is generated from things like the unpaved



roads, the open quarry floor, the area that is stripped bare of



vegetation, etc.  The plant-generated dust is fairly easily control-



lable and is not truly a problem.  Collecting and suppression equip-



ment can be installed.  However, there is some question as to whether



or not this truly solves the problem.  There was a study conducted a



number of years ago by the Manatee County Health Department in the



State of Florida around a dolomitic lime plant -- quarry and plant



operation.  The significant finding of that study was that regardless



of whether the control equipment was operating or not, the impact



on the downwind ambient air concentrations was negligible.  In



other words, no real difference could be detected between the ambient



levels in that plant area when that plant's control equipment was



operating.



         An assumption is that 75 to 80% of the crushed stone industry's



problem is probably due to what was defined above as fugitive dusts.



This has never truly been documented because normal test methods



have not permitted isolation of the various fugitive sources.



It has been inferred from looking at an operation that open road



areas and the open quarry floor were probably the primary problems.



         Some of the data that was presented at this conference by



Dr. Blackwood tends to indicate that this assumption is correct.  As



an example, he demonstrated that for a typical limestone  quarrying



operation, there was a total emission in the neighborhood of  .007



pounds per ton, and that roughly two-thirds of that was attributable



to the fugitive sources, primarily the haul roads and  quarry  floor  areas
                              -269-

-------
                         CURRENT STATUS





         The crushed stone industry has two control options.  The



 first  option is the dry collection, the second is wet suppression.



 Each option has certain inherent problems.



         The major problem with the dry collection option, of course,



 is  the creation of a substantial solid waste disposal problem.  There



 are quarries that have collection equipment in operation and are



 collecting from 50 or more tons of dry dust a day.  They have a



 gigantic solid-waste disposal problem.  Much of this dry dust is



 not saleable; therefore, it must be disposed of, dumped, or other-



 wise handled.  Another problems created by the installation of



 dry collection equipment is the creation of a stack or stacks



 which  in turn subject the operation to stack emission codes.  Since



 there  is evidence that there is very little measurable effect on



 ambient air levels whether the control equipment is operating or not



 not, one must ask whether a problem has really been solved.  Just



 recently the stone industry has been involved with the Environmental



 Protection Agency as they have attempted to develop new source



 performance standards.  Two plants that were on the drawing board



 were studied.  They were roughly 300-350 ton-an-hour operations.



 Note what would happen, not in terms of cost, but rather  in terms



 of power consumption, if adequate dry collection equipment to meet a



 0.02 to 0.03 grain loading standard were installed.  On these two



plants, the power required to operate the control equipment approached



 20 to  26% of the power to operate the plant.  That  is a substantial



amount of additional power.  Forget about the cost  of the control



equipment;  forget about the cost of that power.  Just consider  the
                            -270-

-------
total number of kilowatt hours in that 20 to 26% excess power



required to operate this collection equipment.  Under those



circumstances, has the problem been solved or has a new problem



been created?  In other words, somewhere, someplace, somebody



has to burn some coal or other fuel to generate that power being



used to operate the control equipment to collect the dust which



doesn't have an impact beyond a half mile.  This is a very real



question and one which warrants  serious consideration right now!



         The stone industry currently has a program underway to try



to determine those areas in which the power currently used in the



production process can be conserved.  There are projections with



respect to stone production which tend to indicate that by the



year 2000, the industry's ability to supply the demand will be



severely limited if the same amount of power per ton for production



is used.  By the year 2000 the industry's ability to meet demands



will be jeopardized if power conservation is not achieved. The dry



collection option, in effect, nullifies power conservation techni-



ques.  Roughly increased power must be saved before reaching the



break-even point, but even at the break-even point, the production




demands will not be met by the year 2000.



         The second control option  is the wet suppression system.




This is a highly-effective system.  Go out to a typical plant oper-



ation and look at it with those suppression systems operating.  Have



the operator turn them off and look at it again, 15 minutes  later.



One can definitely see what those suppression systems are doing.



The biggest single problem is that  it" cannot be measured  quantitatively,



Are suppression systems 501 effective--901 effective or are  they
                             -971-

-------
 95% effective?  As yet, there is no answer.  They are economical
 to use from the standpoint of capital investment, operating
 cost and negligible power consumption.
         Some 60 operations with only suppression equipment
 operating, were observed, with ambient air samples taken outside
 the plant boundaries.   (Remember, there was the full effect of
 all the fugitive sources, and the only control in the plant itself
 was the wet suppression equipment.)  The same dispersion model
 used to measure the impact of stack emissions from crushed stone
 operations was taken and worked backwards.  The ambient air levels
 converted to an equivalent stack emission of approximately 0.02
 grains per standard cubic foot.  This was a measure of the full
 impact of all fugitive sources, as well as a plant controlled by
 simply wet suppression equipment.
         One other area of importance is types of regulations...not
 specific regulations, but the types of regulations which have been
 applied over the past 10 or 12 years.  There are the stack emission
 codes which can be applied if the industry either elects or is
 forced to create stacks.  Those are very readily understandable.
 One can measure whether or not one complies with a stack emission
 code.  The fugitive sources have been handled by rather subjective
 regulations.   A typical one might say that an operator or an individual
 shall take reasonable precautions to control fugitive emissions and
 such precautions might include a whole list of things.  The problem
with this is  that nobody--not the control agency enforcing the regu-
 lation nor the operator upon whom the regulation is being enforced--
can determine whether or not compliance is achieved.  These  types
of regulations have presented considerable problems.
                             -272-

-------
         Dr. Blackwood mentioned  the  respirable fraction, which



he defined as that below  10 microns,  and  then mentioned the total



suspended  portion as being less  than 50  microns  making no refer-



ence at all to  those dusts above  50 microns.  The question was raised,



from the audience, that those dusts are,  in fact, nuisance dusts and



ought to be controlled.   That is  true.  However, whether or not



they ought to be  controlled under air pollution regulations is



another question, particularly  as they relate to the stone industry.



It is almost virtually impossible, for one reason or another, in



the country today, to open a new  crushed  stone or sand and gravel



operation, the  reasons being zoning restrictions, land use planning



restrictions, or  general  public apathy.   All plants operate by virtue



of operating permits, which are reviewable.  These larger dusts that



settle in the immediate area of a plant are viewed primarily as a



public relations  problem.  It just simply makes good sense to do



something about them if one expects to continue to operate.  The



industry is making an effort to control fugitive emissions by



oiling, watering, or even paving  haul roads, and quarry floor areas,



by shielding stockpile areas and  by planting substantial vegetation.



Incidentally, a tree buffer is  an extremely effective mechanism for



controlling large fugitive dust particles.  During one of the first




studies it was  observed in the  fall of the year, the settled dust



concentrations  tended to  increase, even though the plant operations



were decreasing.  In the spring  season, they tended to decrease,



even though the activity  at the plant was increasing.  This phenomina



was observed for  a period of about two years and correlated very well



with the foliation and defoliation of the trees.
                              -273-

-------
                             SUMMARY



         The above are some of the problems and concerns the

crushed stone industry is facing.  The biggest concern has to do

with the tendency to more or less force an industry, by virtue

of regulation, to move towards collection equipment.  Our industry

is not convinced that, all things considered, that this is the
               '>
best approach for the stone quarry.  The entire plant area and

the quarry operation can be treated and controlled as a fugitive

source.  Its area of impact is extremely limited.  The number of

individuals involved or affected is another area that more

emphasis ought to be placed upon.  Dr. Blackwood touched on it

in his remarks.  For the most part, a great majority of quarry

operations tend to be located in rural low-density population

areas.  The number of individuals affected and the effect upon

those individuals should dictate more strongly the nature and

type of controls to be demanded by various control agencies.  Test

methods to truly measure the impact of open sources are sorely needed.

Most of the work up to now has been done by inference.  Available

tests are run and based upon the results of those tests the impact

and/or true levels have been inferred.  A method of assessment must

be developed so that a move away from subjective toward more defini-

tive control regulations can be achieved.  Industry, the public,

and control officials should know the true impact of a given fugitive

dust source.
                              -274-

-------
           DETERMINING EMISSIONS MEASUREMENTS NEEDS FOR AN  EMERGING
                   INDUSTRY-ADVANCED,FOSSIL  FUELS UTILIZATION*
                         M.  R.  Guerin and J.  L.  Epler
                         Oak  Ridge National  Laboratory
                          Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830
                                  June 17, 1976
                      Presented  at the First Conference on

             "Determining Fugative Emissions Measurements Needs"

                             Hartford, Connecticut

                                 May 17-19, 1976
* Research  sponsored  jointly by  the Environmental  Protection Agency and the
  Energy  Research and Development Administration  under contract  with the
  Union Carbide Corporation.
                             By acceptance of thi* article, the
                             publisher or recipient acxnowledges
                             the U.S. Governmeni'i right to
                             retain a nonexclusive, royalty-free
                             license in and to any copyright
                             covering the article.
                                     -275-

-------
           DETERMINING EMISSIONS MEASUREMENTS NEEDS FOR AN EMERGING
                  INDUSTRY-ADVANCED FOSSIL FUELS UTILIZATION
                       M. R. Guerin1 and J. L. Epler2
                       Oak Ridge National Laboratory
                        Oak Ridge, Tennessee  37830

 Introductory Remarks
      Converting coal or the organic matter in oil shale to petroleum-like
 liquids  or to fuel gases is predicted (1) to be a major component of the
 nations  energy base.  Liquid products may also constitute a significant
 source of  raw materials for the petrochemical industry.  Successful pro-
 cesses are likely to constitute a new major industry in this country.
      The many processes (2-5) now under study have the common objective of
 extracting hydrocarbons with an atomic hydrogen to carbon ratio approxi-
 mating that of natural crude oils or natural gas from the solids.  Pyrolysis
 and  hydrogenation at elevated pressure and temperature are therefore required
 to chemically convert the solids to usable liquids or gases.  The COED Pro-
 cess, designed to produce a high quality char, is illustrated in Figure 1 as
 an example.  The  complexity of the starting material and of the chemical re-
 actions  occurring during conversion suggest the possibility of both point
 and  fugitive emissions.  Evidence of potential occupational health problems
 is available in the literature (6-10) for coal hydrogenation.
     The existence or extent of environmental and health problems cannot be
 determined  at present because commercial scale plants do not exist.  Few pro-
cesses have yet reached the demonstration plant scale.  Methods are required,
 however,  to quickly and reliably assess the extent of the problem as large
1 Analytical Chemistry Division
2 Biology Division
                                 -276-

-------
scale operations  are initiated.   Data generated in  the course of methods
development  can also be useful  in designing control  technologies.  The find-
ing  (11)  that conditions can be modified in the Synthane  coal gasification
.process to reduce emissions without sacrificing conversion efficiency pro-
vides additional  impetus for early emissions characterization.
     This paper presents one approach to establishing  reliable methods and
generating data of value in prioritizing environmental  and health studies.
Measurements needs are identified through an experimental assessment of exist-
ing  methods.

Chemical  Screening of Complex Mixtures
     Solid,  aqueous, gaseous, and liquid emissions  (4)  are theoretically possi-
ble  from  each process.   Liquid products themselves must be considered until it
is demonstrated that they can be transported and handled  as are natural crudes.
Each of these materials is expected to consist of a  highly complex mixture of
chemicals varying in chemical type and concentration prior to applying emission
control methods.
     At least three methods are commonly used to determine the chemical nature
of complex mixtures.  Individual  constituents, e.g., benzo(a)pyrene, indicative
of chemical  classes, e.g., polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, can be determined.
The  material  can  be subjected to class fractionation to obtain a weight percent
distribution of constituent types.   Multicomponent chromatographic profiling or
                            m
direct spectral analysis of the untreated material can be carried out to esti-
mate chemical  nature and complexity.
     Each of these approaches has been used in the work reported here.  Multicom-
ponent chromatographic  profiling, particularly when  combined with class fractiona-
tion or the  isolation of specific subfractions has  been found most useful.   In-
dividual  constituents must also be determined because  biological effects are
stereospecific.
                                   -277-

-------
 Methodology
      Samples which  have  been  surveyed  in varying detail to date (12-16) and
 their sources  are summarized  as follows:
      (a)   Coal  liquefaction product from the Synthoil Process and the
           aqueous condensate  from the  Synthane Gasification Process
           courtesy  of  the  Pittsburg Energy Research Center.
      (b)   Samples from the points in the COED Pyrolysis Process num-
           bered in  Figure  1 courtesy of FMC.
      (c)   Shale oil from an above ground simulated insitu retorting
           courtesy  of  the  Laramie Energy Research Center.  Product water
           was  obtained in-house by batch centrifugation of the oil-water
           emulsion.
      (d)   A Louisiana-Mississippi Sweet crude oil courtesy of Dr. J. A.
           Carter of the  Analytical Chemistry Division, Oak Ridge National
           Laboratory.
      Gas  samples and product  headspace volatiles are profiled using on-column
 cryothermal trapping and subsequent temperature programmed capillary column
 gas liquid chromatography  (12).  Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons are isolated
 as a  group by  sequential liquid-liquid extraction followed by florisil and
 alumina column  chromatography (15).  Carbon-14 isotope dilution is used to lo-
 cate  eluting constituents  and compute  recoveries.  The isolate is profiled gas
 chromatographically using  a'22 ft. long by 1/8 inch O.D. glass column of 3% Dex-
 sil 400 on 80/100 mesh HP  Chromosorb G programmed from 110°C to 320°C at a rate
 of l°C/min.  Benzo(a)pyrene is determined using the same extraction  procedure
 but is isolated  from benzo(e)pyrene and other isomers by acetylated  cellulose
 paper or column  chromatography and determined spectrophotofluorimetrically.
Alkyl  chrysenes  are determined using the method of Hecht  (17).  Aqueous  samples
                                   -278-

-------
are gas chromatographed without  prior  treatment using Tenax as the column
packing (13).  The class fractionation method  (16) used most extensively is
that developed (18) to elucidate the carcinogenic properties of condensed
tobacco smokes.  Most of the  constituents listed have been identified only
by isolation and co-chromatography.  Identifications must therefore be con-
sidered preliminary.

Preliminary Results
     Figure 2 illustrates the results  of direct gas chromatographic profiling
of a stack gas sample and of  the material volatilized from Synthoil at 50°C.
The stack sample is illustrative of a  point emission and the volatiles are
illustrative of a possible  fugitive emission.  The profiles visualize organic
constituents containing from  one to approximately seven carbon atoms.  Very
low molecular weight compounds,  hydrocarbons containing from one to four car-
bon atoms, are not resolved under the  conditions used.  Both samples are seen
to consist of a large number  of  isomeric organic compounds.  Use of the flame
photometric detector        allows selectively visualizing sulfur containing
constituents including hydrogen  sulfide, carbonylsulfide, methyldisulfide, and
thiophene in gas samples (12).
     Aqueous samples from the COED Process, Synthane Process, and simulated in-
situ oil shale retorting also contain  a large number of constituents (Figure 3)
at high concentrations (Table 1).  Waters derived from coal processing are gen-
                            *
erally found to contain phenol,  the cresols, and other isomeric phenols as the
primary contaminants.  Oil  shale derived water contains a homologous series of
saturated carboxylic acids.   Flame-photometric' detection indicates (12) the
presence of at least ten sulfur  containing constituents in a product separator
liquor from the COED process.  All of  these constituents would be greatly re-
duced in effluent waters by standard control methods.
                                   -279-

-------
      Direct chromatographic profiling easily and rapidly provides a great
 deal  of  information but is limited in two important ways, (a) chromatographic
 conditions optimized to visualize non-polar compounds often preclude visualiz-
 ing  polar compounds and vice versa, and (b) compounds present at low concen-
 trations are obscured  by the major constituents.  Procedures which combine
 isolating the  compound class of interest and chromatographic conditions opti-
 mized for profiling that class represent the next level of complexity.
      Figure 4  illustrates the chromatographic profiles of the polynuclear aro-
 matic hydrocarbon  (PAH) isolates from condensed cigarette smoke and a coal
 liquefaction process.  The comparison is more than academic because this frac-
 tion is  thought to be the primary contributor to mouse skin carcinogenicity of
 condensed smoke and skin contact is a primary health concern (9) in handling
 coal  liquids.  For purposes of quantitative comparison, the coal derived pro-
 file was obtained at a detector sensitivity one eighth that used for the smoke
 condensate.  The PAH isolate from the coal product contains a wider variety of
 constituents present at concentrations at least an order of magnitude greater
 than  in  smokes.
      Multicomponent profiling of isolates is readily carried out for qualita-
 tive  or  semi-quantitative analytical purposes.  Table 2 summarizes estimates
 of PAH's in products and related aqueous samples obtained using the profiles.
 Multicomponent quantitative determination is also possible if recoveries  and
 identities are known.  Recoveries of 80% or more and relative standard devia-
 tions of 10% for triplicate determinations are common with experience.
     The complexity of the isolates and the importance of specific  isomers
 limits the utility of even quantitative multicomponent analyses.   In the  ex-
amples shown, benzo(a)pyrene cannot be distinguished from benzo(e)pyrene.
Methods optimized for the determination of selected constituents must  supple-
                                  -280-

-------
ment profiling.  We find  (12) approximately 40 ppm benzo(a)pyrene in one syn-
thetic crude oil by extractive and chromatographic isolation, isotope dilution,
and fluorescence measurement.  Interest  in methyl chrysene concentrations re-
quires a comparable isolation procedure  plus the use of Diels-Adler adducts
to remove interfering benzanthracenes.   Results of this study indicate the
presence of chrysene  (98  ppm), 2 methyl  chrysene (102 ppm), 3-methyl chrysene
(106 ppm), and 6-methyl chrysene (64 ppm).  The highly carcinogenic (17) 5-
methyl chrysene has not yet been adequately resolved from the 4-methyl  isomer
to establish its presence but the combined concentration of both constituents
is less than 20 ppm.
     Figure 5  illustrates a traditional  approach to the class fractionation of
complex organic mixtures.  The percentages included in the figure correspond
to the weight  percentage  of those fractions obtained when syncrude from the
COED Process is subjected to the procedure.  The primary results of this ap-
proach are weight  percent distributions  of constituent types and partially de-
fined fractions for further study.  The  procedure has !been applied to products
and aqueous samples from  both shale and  coal processing.  Table 3 illustrates
results obtained for  the  COED and Synthoil products.  Reproducibility is typi-
cal of qualitative procedures requiring  much manual manipulation.  Studies
are presently  underway of column chromatographic fractionation methods which
promise to be more reproducible and less likely to produce chemical artifacts.
     Sufficient sensitivity-and resolution is likely to allow the detection of
chemicals of every type.   High molecular weight paraffins can be detected in
shale derived waters, as  is illustrated  in Table 4, for example.  Information
is required to prioritize chemical types and sample types for measurements
research.  Chemical fractionation followed by biological screening  is in use
here (16) to prioritize chemical needs while developing the bioassay systems.
                                  -281-

-------
 Mil tag en 1 city Screening of Complex Mixtures
      The potential  predictive value of assays for genetic  damage and  the
 correlation with carcinogenic damage has been emphasized in a  number  of re-
 cent reports (19, 20, 21).  The wide applicability of the  bacterial test
 system developed by Ames has been illustrated for a large  number of "pure"
 compounds but also may be used as  a prescreen for ascertaining  the genetic
 and potential carcinogenic hazard of complex environmental  effluents  or pro-
 ducts e.g., tobacco smoke condensates (22),  soot from city air (23), hair  dyes
 (24) and in our preliminary work, synthetic  crude oil  (16).  Furthermore, the
 overall economy and rapidity of the Ames test, along with  the  high resolution,
 also allows the detection of potential  mutagenic/carcinogenic  activity in
 human body fluids,  e.g., monitoring urines from occupationally exposed workers
 (20).
      The Ames test  system is a highly sensitive yet simple bacterial  assay
 for chemical  mutagens.   Compounds (or mixtures) are tested with  a group of
 well-characterized  mutants of Salmonella typhimurium requiring histidine  for
 growth.  Simply stated,  the assay detects genetic damage induced by chemicals
 by the reversion of these specific strains to the wild-type or prototrophic
 state (the ability  to grow without histidine supplement).   Additionally,  the
 particular type of  genetic damage - base alterations,  frame shifts  (addition
 or deletions) - can be detected with the appropriate strain.
      Furthermore, since  we now realize that  many carcinogens and mutagens
 require metabolic activation in order to reach their ultimate  form, the test
 can  be  modified to  include an in vitn? activation of the chemical under test.
 Here, homogenates from rat or human liver or other tissues can be applied
 and  the mutagenic activity of the activated  form can be detected.  The inclu-
sion of this metabolic activation  has  led to the detection of  a  wide  array  of
carcinogens as mutagens  (21).
                                   -282-

-------
     The Salmonella strains and procedures used have been described in detail

by Ames (23).  For the study of the feasibility of application of mutagenicity

testing to environmental effluents and crude products from the synthetic fuels

technology, we attempted to perform wide range screening with two of the highly

sensitive strains known to respond to a wide variety of known mutagens/carcino-

gens.  The working hypothesis was that sensitive detection of potential  muta-

gens in fractionated complex mixtures could be used to isolate and identify

the biohazard.  In addition, the information could be helpful in establishing

priorities for further testing, either with other genetic assays or carcino-

genic assays.  Finally, the procedures might show utility in monitoring plant

processes, effluents, or personnel early in the formation of the engineering

and environmental technology that will eventually evolve in the synthetic fuels

industry.  The approach and preliminary results cited here  show that the coupled

analytical-biological scheme is a feasible research mechanism and is applicable

to the ascertainment of potential human health hazard of a wide variety of en-

vironmental exposures, either occupationally or to the population in general.


Methodology

     The Salmonella strains used in the various assays are listed below.  All

strains were obtained through the courtesy of Dr. Bruce Ames, Berkeley, Cali-

fornia.


                           >•
                       Salmonella typhimurium Strains


          TA 1535 hisG46, uvrB, rfa   (missense)
          TA 100  hisG46, uvrB, rfa   (missense plus R factor)
          TA 1537 hisC3076, urvB, rfa   (frameshift)
          TA 1538 hisD3052, uvrB, rfa   (fr-ameshift)
          TA 98  hisD3052, uvrB, rfa   (frameshift plus R factor)
                                   -283-

-------
      In  the  screening  of  fractionated materials the two strains TA98 and
 TA100 were generally employed.  Standard experimental procedures have been
 given by Ames,  McCann,  and  Yamasaki  (23).  Briefly, the strain to be treated
 with the potential mutagen(s)  is added to soft agar containing a low level
 of histidine and  biotin along  with varying amounts of the test substance.
 The suspension  containing approximately 2 x 108 bacteria is overlaid on mini-
 mal  agar plates.  The  bacteria undergo several divisions with the reduced level
 of histidine, thus forming  a light lawn of background growth on the plate and
 allowing the mutagen to act.   Revertants to the wild-type state appear as ob-
 vious large  colonies on the plate.   The assay can be quantitated with respect
 to dose  (added  amount)  of mutagen and modified to include "on-the-plate" treat-
 ment with the liver homogenate required to metabolically activate many compounds.
      Fractions  and/or  control  compounds to be tested were suspended in dimethyl-
 sulfoxide (DMSO,  supplied sterile, spectrophotometric grade from Schwarz-Mann)
 to concentrations in the range of 10-20 mg solids.  The potential mutagen was
 in some  cases assayed  for general toxicity (bacterial survival) with strain
 TA1537.   Generally, the fraction was tested with the plate assay over at least
 a  1000-fold  concentration range with the two tester strains TA98 and TA100.
 Revertant colonies were counted after 48 hours incubation.  Data were recorded
 and  plotted  versus added concentration and the approximate slope of the  induc-
 tion  curve was  determined.  It is assumed that the slope of the  linear dose-
 response  range  reflects the-mutagenic activity.  Positive or questionable re-
 sults were clarified using  a narrower range of concentrations.  All studies
were  carried out with parallel series of plates plus and minus the liver enzyme
preparation  for metabolic activation.  The background lawn of bacterial  growth
was routinely examined  so that any effects attributed to massive cell death  and
subsequent growth of the few surviving bacteria (availability of more histidine)
                                   -284-

-------
could be differentiated from mutation  induction.  Routine controls demonstra-
ing the sterility of samples, enzyme or S-9 preparations, and reagents were
performed.  Positive controls with known mutagens were carried out in order
to recheck strain response and enzyme  preparations.
Preliminary Results
     To demonstrate the feasibility of the coupled analytical-biological  ap-
proach, we derived primary fractions from a number of crude products and ef-
fluents from various fossil fuel technologies.  For example, Table 5 lists
the mutagenicity testing results from  three crude oils:  Syncrude from the
COED process, shale oil, and a natural crude.  The important neutral fraction
was subfractionated and the individual values are listed.  Since in most cases
the original crude product was too toxic to test, the total represents the
summation of the assays of all fractions.  We have assumed that the most accu-
rate measure of the total potential of the neutral fraction is the sum of the
tested subfractions.
     An overview of the preliminary results points to a number of consistencies:
(a) all crudes showed some mutagenic potential, (b) the neutral  and basic frac-
tions showed activities regardless of  the source of the sample,  and (c) the
relative total mutagenic potentials vary from 516 revertants/mg  for Syncrude,
178 revertants/mg for shale oil, to 76 revertants/mg for the natural crude oil.
Whether these results reflect a comparative biohazard is not the point in ques-
tion here.  The results simply show that biological testing - genetic reversion
assays in this case - can be carried out with the newly developed tester sys-
tems but only when coupled with the appropriate analytical separation schemes.
     In addition to the obvious bias that could accompany the choice of samples
and their solubility, or the time and  method of storage, a number of biological
                                  -285-

-------
discrepancies can also enter into the determinations.  For example, concomitant
bacterial toxicity can nullify any genetic damage assay that might be carried
out; the choice of inducer for the liver enzymes involved can be wrong for
selected compounds; the choice of strain could be inappropriate to, again,
selected compounds; and additionally, the applicability of the Salmonelle test
to other genetic assays and the validation of the apparent correlation between
mutagenicity and carcinogenicity remains a point of significant fundamental
research.   Furthermore, the short term assays chronically show negative results
with, e.g., heavy metals.  Similarly, compounds involved in or requiring co-
carcinogenic phenomena would presumably go undetected.  However, in the context
of a prescreen to aid the investigators in ordering their priorities, the short-
term tests  appear to be a valid testing approach to address the dilemma of the
magnitude of the number of hazardous compounds and complex mixtures that man
encounters  in his environment.
     Perhaps more appropriate to environmental effects, we have extended the
fractionation procedures and mutagenicity assay to the organics recovered from
a number of aqueous samples from various technologies.  In parallel with the
assays listed above, we have investigated product water from the shale oil
process, the separator liquor from the COED process, and condensate from the
Synthane process.  Again, the mutagenic potential of the various fractions can
be ascertained.  The studies are not being extended to the isolation and iden-
tification of the active components.  In correlation with the biological effort,
the chemical analyses of the materials and fractions are being extended.  A con-
centrated effort designed to genetically assay the known or predicted constit-
uents of effluents from various synthetic fuel processes is also underway,
utilizing a number of biological systems in a "tier approach" to mutagenicity
testing.
                                 -286-

-------
Comments
     The single most important measurement  "need" encountered in our chemi-
cal studies to date is the need to prioritize measurements research activi-
ties.  The number of combinations of processes, sample types, and chemicals
available for study is staggering.  Bioassay data when health effects are
of interest and environmental data when environmental impact is of interest
provide a rational basis for prioritizing research.  If carcinogenesis is of
interest, results of the Ames test are accepted as indicators of carcinogene-
sis, and the additivity of mutagenic activities of chemical fractions are
accepted, bioassay results reported here suggest that the neutral and ether
soluble basic constituents of coal derived  samples should receive priority
attention.  The assumptions leading to this conclusion and the bioassay
methodologies require considerable basic research for validation but any
guidance at this point is invaluable.
     A related problem (raised by Dr. James Dorsey, EPA/RTP following this
presentation) is that of "decision points"  - quantifying bioassays responses,
at least in a relative sense, so that subsequent action is indicated.  Such
action can range from prioritizing samples  for study to dictating control
technology requirements.  "Natural" materials of epidemiologically known health
effect, cigarette smoke for inhalation' exposure or soot for skin contact as
examples, might be used to establish baseline biological responses.
     The large number of questions associated with the relationship between
bioassay systems, human health effects, and exposure to complex mixtures of
materials, preclude positive judgments of environmental and health impacts of
advanced fossil  fuels processes.  Judgments are made essentially impossible
by the absence of commercial  scale conversion plants and uncertainties about
the relationship between aged untreated samples from pilot plant experiments
                                  -287-

-------
and materials issued from commercial  scale operations which will  incorporate
environmental control  methods.   Studies  carried  out  now must  emphasize methods
development in preparation for  process evaluation.
     Measurements research needs identified from work referenced  and  reported
here include:
     (a)  Development of chemical  class  fractionation procedures  for  bio-
          testing support which are free of artifact formation and  routinely
          applicable at preparatory (100+ gm)  levels.
     (b)  Development of multicomponent  quantitative analytical methods for
          carcinogenic, co-carcinogenic, and tumor promoting  fractions.
     (c)  Identification and quantisation of stereoisomers in the polynuclear
          aromatic hydrocarbon  subfractions of liquid products and  aqueous
          effluents.
     (d)  Identification of individual constituents  or physico-chemical pa-
          rameters (e.g.,  fluorescence)  which  can be monitored as indicators
          of the polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon, weak acid, and basic
          fractions of liquid products and effluents.  Development  of moni-
          toring instrumentation follows.
     (e)  Identification of constituents in aqueous  leachates from  spent
          shale or solid residues  from coal  processing.
     (f)  Development  of methods for  the rapid,  highly selective  determination
          of stereoisomers in environmental  samples.
     (g)  Identification of individual constituents  in airborne materials  avail
          able  for occupational  inhalation exposure.
                                 -288-

-------
                                  REFERENCES


 1.  The Nations Energy Future, A report to Richard M. Nixon, President of
     the United States, Wash-1281, Dixy Lee Ray, December 1973.

 2.  Evaluation of Coal Conversion Process to Provide Clean Fuels,  Electric
     Power Research Institute  (EPRI) Report 206-0-0. Parts I, II, III,  February
     1974.  Prepared by Donald L. Katz, et.al., University of Michigan, College
     of Engineering.

 3.  Synthetic Fuels Data Handbook, Cameron Engineers Inc., Denver  Colorado,
     Thomas A. Hendrickson, 1975.

 4.  Evaluation of Pollution Control in Fossil Fuel Conversion Processes.
     Liquefaction:  Section 2.  SRC Process, National Technical  Information
     Service Report PB-241 792, U.S. Dept. of Commerce, C. E. Jahnig,  March
     1975.

 5.  Klass, Donald L., Synthetic Crude Oil From Shale and Coal,  Chem tech,
     499-510, August 1975.

 6.  Sexton, Richard J.  The Hazards to Health in the Hydrogenation of  Coal.
     I.  An Introductory Statement on General Information, Process  Description,
     and a Definition of the Problem,  Arch Enviro Hlth. 1_, 181-186 (1960).

 7.  Weil, Carrol S., and Condra, Niomi L.  The Hazards to Health in the Hydro-
     genation of Coal.  II.  Carcinogenic Effect of Materials on the Skin  of
     Mice, Arch Enviro Hlth, 1, 187-193 (1960).

 8.  Ketcham, N. H. and Norton, R. W.  The Hazards to Health in the Hydrogena-
     tion of Coal.  III.  The  Industrial Hygiene Studies, Arch Enviro Hlth, 1_,
     194-207 (1960).

 9.  Sexton, Richard J.  The Hazards to Health in the Hydrogenation of  Coal.
     IV.  The Control Program and the Clinical Effects, Arch Enviro Hlth,  1_,
     208-231 (1960).

10.  Eckardt, Robert E.  The Hydrogenation of Coal, Arch Enviro Hlth. 1, 232-
     233 (1960).

11.  Massey, Michael J., Nakles, David V., Forney, Albert J., and Haynes,
     William P.  Role of Gasifier Process Variables in Effluent and Product
    " Gas Production in the Synthane Process, presented at the Environmental
     Aspects of Fuel Conversion Technology II, Hollywood, Florida,  December
     15-18, (1975).

12.  Preliminary Results:  Chemical and Biological Examination of Coal-Derived
     Materials, ORNL/NSF/EATC-18, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
     Tennessee, March 1976.  W. D. Shults, ed.
                                  -289-

-------
 13.   Ho, C.-h., Clark, B. R., and Guerin, M. R.  Direct Analysis of Organic
      Compounds in Aqueous By-Products from Fossil Fuel Conversion Processes:
      Oil Shale Retorting, Synthane Coal Gasification and COED Coal Liquefac-
      tion,  Environmental Letters (in press).

 14.   Guerin, M. R., Griest, W. H., Ho, C.-h. Ho, Shults, W. D.  Chemical  Charac-
      terization of Coal Convers-ion Pilot Plant Materials, presented at the
      Third  ERDA Environmental Protection Conference, Chicago, Illinois, Septem-
      ber, 1975.

 15.   Kubota, H., Griest, W. H., and Guerin, M. R.  Determination of Carcinogens
      in Tobacco Smoke and Coal Derived Samples-Trace Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro-
      carbons, pp 281-290, proceedings of the Ninth Annual Conference on Trace
      Substances in Environmental Health, University of Missouri Press, Delbert
      D. Hemphill, November, 1975.

 16.   Rubin, I. B., Guerin, M. R., Hardigree, A. D., and Epler, J. L.  Fractiona-
      tion of Synthetic Crude Oils from Coal for Biological Testing, Environmental
      Research (in press).

 17.   Hecht, S. S., Bondinell, W. E., and Hoffmann, D.  Chrysene and Methylchry-
      senes  - Presence in Tobacco Smoke and Carcinogenicity, J. Nat! Cancer Inst.
      53, 1121 (1974).

 18.   Swain, A. P., Cooper, J. E., and Stedman, R. L.  Large Scale Fractionation
      of Cigarette Smoke Condensate for Chemical and Biologic Investigations,
      Cancer Res. 29, 579-583 (1969).

 19.   Comittee 17, Environmental Mutagenic Hazards, Science, 187 (1975), 503-514.

 20.   Commoner, B., A. J. Vithayathil and J. I. Henry.  Detection of Metabolic
      Carcinogen Intermediates in Urine of Carcinogen-fed Rats by Means of
      Bacterial Mutagenesis, Nature, 249, 850-852, (1974).

 21.   McCann, J., E. Choi, E. Yamasaki, and B. N. Ames.  Detection of Carcinogens
      as Mutagens in the Salmonella/microsome Test:  Assay of 300 Chemicals, Part
      I, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 72., 5135-5139 (1975).

 22.   Kier, L. D., E. Yamasaki and B. N. Ames.  Detection of Mutagenic Activity
      in Cigarette Smoke Condensates, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 71, 4159-4163
      (1974).               '

 23.  Ames, B. N., J. McCann, and E. Yamasaki.  Methods for Detecting Carcinogens
     and Mutagens with the Salmonel1 a/Mammalian-microsome Mutagenicity Test,
     Mutation Res., 31_, 347-364 (1975).

24.  Ames, B.  N., H. 0. Kammen and E. Yamasaki.  Hair Dyes are Mutagenic:   Iden-
     tification of a Variety of Mutagenic Ingredients, Proc. Natl.  Acad.  Sci.
     USA,  72, 2423-2427 (1975).                                               '
                                 -290-

-------
Figure 1.  75-4852  Schematic Representation of the COED Coal  Conversion
           Process with Sampling Points Indicated

Figure 2.  75-12340  Capillary Column Gas Chromatographic Profiles  of
           Organic Constituents in Untreated Stack Gas and Headspace

Figure 3.  76-2806A  Direct Injection Gas Chromatographic Profiles  of Coal
           and Shale Derived Waters

Figure 4.  75-7368R  Gas Chromatographic Profiles of Polynuclear Aromatic
           Hydrocarbon Isolates

Figure 5.  75-9451  Extractive Fractionation of COED Syncrude
                                    -291-

-------
                                                                              ORNL-DWG 75-4852
                   11
10
i
NJ
VO
NJ
I


LJ
STACK





COAL






GAS _ SULFUF

i — WATER — i
SCRUBBER

i \


ST/
NC
-

h-J_0
LIQUOR

\GE CH/
D.I
t
FLUIDIZING
GAS



PROt
RECO
RE M OVA



3UCT U'L riLTPATK
VERY / TILTRATK

©—•^4 '
LIQUOR

K 	 T^K v^'/ 4
FINES FILTER
CAKE
VD PYROLYSIS
*"» 	 ^ ^Trtrr^ 	 ___ ^ nr?nni ITT
2-4 / CHAR
J A
STEAM
AND
OXYGEN
[ 1
- c,&^
1 (JAb
i


-\n , , .k, SSB* HYDRnTRFATING

A /^"N NH-t
-A C4J NH3

?
f5")

SYNCRUDE




                                            COED  Process.

-------
                                                                                   ORNL-DWG 75-12340
                 (a) STACK GAS FROM
                    COED PROCESS
ro
vo
Co
                     HEADSPACE VOLATILES (50°C)
                     FROM  SYNTHOIL PRODUCT
                     180
150
120
    90

TIME (min)

-------
                                                      ORNL-DWG. 76-2806A
COED LIQUEFACTION PROCESS
FIRST STAGE SCRUBBER WATER
                       20
SYNTHANE GASIFICATION PROCESS
UNTREATED CONDENSATE WATER
 PRODUCT  WATER FROM  SIMULATED
 IN SITU OIL SHALE RETORTING
   100
    60           40
RETENTION TIME .  minutes
                          -294-

-------
                                                                                                                                   ORNL-DWG 75-7368R
 I
K>
^£>
Ul
                                 (a) CONDENSED  CIGARETTE SMOKE
                                                                                                                                   4  3
                                 (t>)  COAL LIQUEFACTION  PRODUCT
                                 (C) PAH STANDARD
                                                                                      TIME (hr)

-------
                                                                                             ORNL-DWG 75-9451
                      Orgaal«
                 laetc
                  and
               Neutral
                     1 N HC1
       pB 11

       Ether
  Aq

pH 9
Org
                                                 Partition:

                                                 Ether (or MaCl.)
                                                 1 I MOB
                                                               Aqueoua
                                              Ppc
                                              0.91
                                          Org
                                                  Neutral
                          Bexane
                      74.22
                                                                Strong
                                                                Acldl
                                                                HO
                                                                 2  1.6Z
                                                       Plorlsll Colun
                                              Hexan*/3enz ene
                                                   8/1
                                          4.9Z
                                                                                           pH 6.1

                                                                                           Ether
                                                          Pot
                                                          0.2Z
                                                                             pH 1.0

                                                                             Ether
                                                                                       Org
                                                                             Ppt
                                                                             0.2Z
                                                           Strong
                                                           Acidl
                                                               HZ
                                      Benzene/Ether
                                                                 4.7Z
                                                           Hethaool
                                                                                     2.4Z
                                                                                                      Org
                                                                            Weak
                                                                            Ac Ida
                                                                            Et20
                                                                             1.9Z
                                         -2y&-

-------
                                    Table 1
               Organic Compounds Determined in  By-Produce Waters
                     from Fossil Fuel  Conversion  Processes
          Co-Chromatographic
 Peak1       Identification
   1     Acetic Acid
   2     Propanoic Acid
   3     n-Butanoic Acid
   4     Acetamide
   5     n-Pentanoic  Acid
   6     Propionamide
   7     n-Hexanoic Acid
   8     Butyramide
   9     Phenol
  10     n-Heptanoic  Acid
  11     o-Cresol
  12     m & p-Cresols
  13     n-Octanoic Acid
  14     2,6-Dimethylphenol
  15     o-Ethylphenol
  16     2,5-Dimethylphenol
  17     3,5-Dimethylphenol
  18     2,3-Dimethylphenol
  19     n-Nonanoic Acid
  20     3,4-Dimethylphenol
  21     n-Decanoic Acid
  22     a-Napthol
  23     3-Napthol
          Concentration  (yg/ml)
Oil Shale     Synthane Coal       COED Coal
Retorting	Gasification     Liquefaction
600
210
130
230
200
50
250
10
10
260
30

20
250
—
—
_.,
--
—
100
--
50
—
«• *—
620
60
20
—
10
—
20
—
2100
—
670
i
1800
--
40
30
250
230
30
—
100
—
10
30
600
90
40
--
30
--
30
—
2100
—
650

1800
--
30
30
220
240
30
—
900
—
--
__
1  Peak number in Figure 3
                                    -297-

-------
                                                         Table 2
                                     Estimation of Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
                                            in Coal and Shale Derived Samples
oo
 Peak             Co-Chromatographic
Number1             Identification

   1    cis-and trans-Decahydronapthalene
   2    1,4-Dihydronapthalene
   3    Napthalene
   4    2-Methylnapthalene
   5    1-Methyl napthale,ne
   6    Azalene
   7    Biphenyl
   8    2,6-Dimethylnapthalene
   9    1,3 + 1,6-Dimethylnapthalene
  10    Butylated hydroxytoluene
        1,5 + 2,3-Dimethylnapthalene
        1,2-Dimethylnapthalene
  11    Acenapthalene
  12    Acenapthene
  13    Fluorene
  14    9,10-Dihydroanthracene
  15    9-Methylfluorene
  16    9,10-Dihydrophenanthrene
  17    Octanthrene
  18    1-Methylfluorene
  19    Phenanthrene + 1,3,6-Trimethylnapthalene1
  20    Anthracene                              J
  21    1-Phenylnapthalene
  22    2-Methylanthracene
  23    1-Methylphenanthrene
  24    2-Phenylnapthalene
  25    9-Methylanthracene
  26    Fluoranthene
                                                                       Products
                                                               micrograms  per  gram  (ppm)
                                                             Crude   Shale Oil   Synthoil
                      440
                     1400
                      430

                       84
                      250
                      170

                      180
                       IR2

                       IR
                      345
                     1700
                       90
                                                                                  1900

                                                                                  1400


                                                                                    ND
                                                                                    ND

                                                                                    IR
                                                                                   380
                                  micrograms
                               Shale Retort
                                  Waters
                                   per liter (ppb)
                                    Synthane Condensatt
200
650
290
23
250
670
220
37
IR
220
ND3
ND
790
4600
2900
190
3400
5100
2000
1100
280
940
26
410
140

290


 ND
330

  3
 68
980

620


 IR
 IR

 ND
400
86
330
110
33
46
250
100
38
45
180
27
IR
160
260
210
130
35
18
160
1300
32
2
48
66
24
10
IR
21
2
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
             lumber of chromatographic peak in Figure 4
             2IR = incomplete resolution
             3ND = Not detected

-------
                                                      Table 2 (Cont'd)
 i
N5
VO
 Peak             Co-Chromatographic
Number              Identification

  27    Pyrene
  28    1,2-Benzofluorene
  29    2,3-Benzofluorene
  30    4-Methylpyrene
  31    1-Methylpyrene
  32    5,12-Dihydrotetracene
  33    1,2-Benzanthracene
  34    Chrysene + Triphenylene
  35    2,3-Benzanthracene
  36    7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
  37    1 ,3,5-Triphenylbenzene ,
  38    1,2-+3,4-Benzopyrene   '
  39    Perylene
  40    3-Mcthylcholanthrene -i- Unknown
  41    1,2,5,6-+!,2,3,4-Dibenzanthracene
  42    o-Phenylene pyrene
  43     Picene
  44     1,12-Benzoperylene
  45    Anthanthracene
  46     3,4,9,10-Dibenzopyrene + Coronene
                                                                       Products
micrograms per
Crude Shale Oi
IR
22
13
36
IR
IR
20
31
ND
ND
ND
ND
170
53
140
70
IR
IR
180
22
20
ND
ND
ND
gram (ppm)
1 Synthoil
4300
IR
IR
620
270
130
IR
ND
200
380
1500
80
                                                                                                  micrograms
                                                                                               Shale Retort
Waters
 per liter (ppb)
  Synthane Condenjat
120
10
5
61
37
5
5
ND
6
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND

-------
            Table 3         ORNL DWG. 76-5075




Fractionation of Coal Liquefaction Products
Fraction
Quantity
COED
Found, 9

x RSD, %
1. NaOHInsol.
2. WA,
3. WAE
4. SA,
5. SAE
6. SAW
7. BIa
«• Bib
9. BE
10. Bw
Neutrals
11. Hexane
12. Hexane/Benzene
13. Benzene/Ether
14. Methanol
Total Recovery
n
Sample wt., g
0.9
0.2
1.9
0.2
1.1
1.6
0.2
0.2
2.2
7.3

74.2
4.9
4.7
2.4
101.7
4
4.4-11.9
34
86
18
41
50
82
29
38
16
89

2
47
17
17
9


'o
Synthoil
14.1
2.0
6.5
0.1
1.9
1.7
3.6
0.3
1.6
0.6

27.6
7.4
21.7
11.1
100.2
1
15.2
               -300-

-------
                _ L,   „        ORNL DWG. 76-7874
                Table  4
       Determination of n-Alkanes

in Shale Oil and Shale Oil By-Product Water
Concentration
Peak
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Compound shale Oil
(mg/g)
CnH24 7.55
^•12^26 6.65
C13H28 6.20
C14H30 4.80
C1SH32 3.30
C16H34 4.50
£17^36 8.60
C18H38 8.80
GI 9H4Q 5.60
^20^42 4.80
C21H44 5.70
C22H46 4.50
Co c nn
2 3 **4 8 J.UV/
C24H5o 3.60
C25H52 3.90
C26HS4 3.45
CH ^ "3^
2 7*^5 6 J.JJ
C28H58 2.90
C29H6o 3.20
C30H62 1-00
C31H64 0.20
C32H66 0.10
C33H68 0.65
C34H70 0.40
C3SH72 0.15
Shale Oil
By-Product Water
67
66
65
62
45
53
105
106
70
62
73
59
67
48
53
50
51
48
62
30
27
9
' 12
5
2
              -301-

-------
                                                                            Table 5
                                                          Mutagenicity Assays of Fractionated Crude 011s *
to
 I

Fraction


NaOH Insoluble
Keak Acids, Insoluble
Weak Acids, Ether Soluble
Strong Acids, Insoluble
Strong Acids, Ether Soluble
Strong Acids, Water Soluble
Bases, Insoluble (a)
Bases, Insoluble (b)
Bases, Ether Soluble
Bases, Water Soluble
Neutral
2
Fractionated Neutrals
Hexane A
B
C
Hexane/Benzene A
B
C
Benzene/Ether A
B
C
Methanol A
B
C
MeC12
Subtotal (Neutrals)
Total
Syncrude (COED)
% of
Total
1.0
0.1
1.8
0.1
0.9
0.4
0.2
0.2
2.6
0.4
82.3
(it-Neutrals)
87.1
2.6
1.1
1.6
0.7
0.6
4.1
0.4
0.2
1.1
0.4
0.1
0.2
100.2
91.8
Fraction
rev/mg3
0
0
0
0
0
0
8300
0
1500
0
559

455
3100
760
2120
2400
0
0
200
160
1520
400
300
200
—
—
Total
rev/mg

—
__
-.
—
__
17
—
39
—
460

396
81
8
34
17
—
—
1
<1
18
2
<1
<1
559
516
% of
Total
1.0
0.1
1.2
0.1
0.3
0.6
0.2
0.3
7.1
0.3
86.7
(%-Neutrals)
58.7
2.1
1.3
4.4
1.9
1.4
12.4
2.2
1.3
15.1
0.5
0.9

102.2
97.9
Shale 011
Fraction
rev/mg
256
185
52
0
159
160
1377
800
952
223
112

40
625
750
238
340
320
65
142
253
179
684
263

—
—

Total
rev/mg
3
<1
1

<1
1
3
2
68
1
97

23
13
10
10
6
4
8
3
3
27
3
2

112
178

% of
Total
2.9
0.2
0.8
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.2
0.1
80.7
U-Neutrals)
82.0
2.0
0.6
3.6
0.7
0.5
3.5
0.3
0.2
2.4
0.4
0.2

96.4
86.2
Crude 011
Fraction
rev/mg
0
0
0
0
115
236
0
0
175
0
90

92
50
168
150
254
70
32
53
Not Tested
32
82
74

--
--

Total
rev/mg

. —
-
„ _
<1
<1

--
<1

73

75
1
1
5
2
<1
1
<1
—
1
<1
<1

90
76

-------
                                                           Table 5 (Cont'd)


      Initial sample weights:  Syncrude, 11.8862g; Shale Oil, 24.0424g; and Crude Oil, 22.3099g.

     2
      Neutral Fraction chromatographed:  Syncrude, 9.7823g; Shale Oil, 10.1314g; and Crude Oil,  10.0130g.

     7                                                                                                                  8
      rev/mg * revertants/milligram:  number of histidine from Salmonella strain TA98 using plate assay employing  2X10
bacteria-per plate; values derived from assumed slope of induction curve extrapolated to  milligram value.   All  assays  carried
out in the presence of crude liver S-9 from rats induced with Aroclor 1254 (gift of Monsanto).

      *  Louisiana-Mississippi Sweet Crude.  Not necessarily representative of all crude.

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors wish to acknowledge Dr.  Jack Sharkey and  his  colleagues  at
the Pittsburg Energy Research Center and  Drs. Larry Jackson, Dick Poulson,
and their colleagues at the Laramie Energy Research Center for assistance
in acquiring samples and for technical  suggestions!  We also wish to  acknowl-
edge A. A. Hardigree, C.-h. Ho, B.  R.  Clark,  W.  H.  Griest, and I. B.  Rubin
of this Laboratory for their experimental  contributions to the work reported
here.
                                 -304-

-------
                                                    NONPOINT SOURCE WATER EMISSIONS:

                                                       ENERGY AND  INDUSTRY PROCESSES
                                                           Robert M.  Statnick, Ph.D.
                                                     Environmental  Protection Agency
                                                                  Gordon T.  Brookman
                                                      TRC - The Research Corporation
                                                                      of Hex* England
       To Be Presented May 19, 1976
                  at the
              EPA Symposium
                    on
Fugitive Emission:  Measurement and Control

          Hartford, Connecticut
                                      -305-

-------
          NONPOINT SOURCE WATER EMISSIONS;  ENERGY AND INDUSTRY PROCESSES
 INTRODUCTION

      Since  the enactment of P.L. 92-500 (Federal Water Pollution Control Act
 Amendments  of 1972), the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has largely
 directed  its water pollution control program at point sources such as process
 wastewaters discharged through pipes to receiving bodies of water.  Most indus-
 tries and many municipalities will meet the standards of the interim goal of 1977.
 However,  there are many areas in the United States where water quality has not
 significantly improved even though point sources have been controlled.  In such
 areas nonpoint source water pollution has a major influence on water quality.

      You  may ask:  what is nonpoint source water pollution?  While point sources
 are defined in P.L. 92-500, nonpoint sources are not defined.  However, by in-
 ference we  can define nonpoint sources as the accumulated pollutants in a receiving
 body of water from runoff due to snow melt and rain, seepage, and percolation con-
 tributing to the degradation of the quality of surface and groundwaters.  Some of
 the characteristics of nonpoint sources are:

                    diffuse in nature
                    intermittent

                    site specific

                    not easily monitored at their exact source

                    related to uncontrollable climate events
                    not usually repetitive in nature from event
                      to event.

 Figure l^1' shows a representation of the runoff cycle.

      Since nonpoint source is defined by inference, everyone does not agree on a
 common definition.  Some experts define nonpoint source pollution as water acti-
 vities not requiring an NPDES (National Pollution-Discharge Elimination System)
 permit.   This definition excludes one important class of intermittent, diffuse,
 site  specific sources.  That is; raw material pile runoff, process spills re-
 sulting in runoff, overflow from impoundments, and any other source caused by
 rainfall  such as solids accumulation, which in several cases have been regulated
 by  the NPDES permit system.  This definition also includes a source which may be
 intermittent,  but is not caused by climate conditions, and can be monitored at
 its source.   That is; point sources (which may number in the thousands) which
have  too  low a flow to require an NPDES permit.

     Based on these definitions, it is easy to see why the emphasis has been on
point source controls.   Nonpoint sources by their nature are very difficult and
costly to

                                    predict
                                    monitor
                                    control
                                    -306-

-------
 i
U)
o
                              Interception
                                                            Ijiiri;!!^!:. 'Vjtt^^
                                                                                               Surface detention = sheet of water
Infiltration
                                                   storage
                     '."•;.'•'•."•'•.'• Soil moisture ••.'•'•/•'•/•'• V- •/•'•
                                                          Perched

                                                          water table
                                                                        Interflow
                              "-~-^r-'-£"-Z-r->>"r>--.---I Water table---------r- - T--_-_-_-
                                                                   Impervious lens   Groundwater^

                                                                                             flow
                                                                                                           Stream

                                                                                                           channel
                                                          Fig. 1. Simple representation of the runoff cycle.

-------
      Now  that we have defined nonpoint source water pollution, what are the major
 sources?   Figure 2 is a sketch of potential nonpoint sources which include run-
 off from  urban  areas, agricultural and silvicultural activities, construction and
 recreation areas, wetlands and industrial and mining sites, and salt water intrusion,
 hydrographic modifications and unregistered point sources.  Runoff from urban areas
 and agricultural activities are known to be of prime concern since much quantifi-
 cation has already been performed.  This paper will present a brief overview of a
 portion of a nonpoint source program performed by TRC for the Industrial Environ-
 mental Research Laboratories of EPA.  It will address industrial (including mining
 and energy) processes and look at

                            potential nonpoint sources
                            measurement methodology
                            prediction methodology


 Industrial Nonpoint Sources

      In looking at potential industrial nonpoint sources, we have selected the
 following industries:

                            energy generation
                            timber products
                            pulp and paper
                            iron and steel
                            inorganic chemicals
                            petroleum
                            fertilizer
                            mining (coal, mineral, ore)
                            cement
                          ,  feedlots
                            phosphate manufacturing,
                            nonferrous metals

     Very  little work (except acid mine drainage) has been performed in trying to
 isolate and quantify nonpoint source pollution from industries.  Therefore, for each
 industry we have developed a matrix relating potential sources to categories of
 pollutants.  These pollutants include:

                    sediment (suspended and dissolved solids)
                    organic materials (including oil and grease)
                    metals
                    nutrients (nitrogen and phosphorous compounds)
                    heat
                    sulfates
                    acids
                    pesticides

Energy Generation

     Nonpoint sources  depend on the type of power generation, whether fossil
fueled (coal,  oil,  gas)  or nuclear powered.
                                  -308-

-------
                                                                        fallout
CO
o
                                                                                           ~——
                                                                                           Residential
                                                                                           Commercial
                                                                                           Sanitary landfills
                                                                                           Septic tanks
                          t'^o^K^VK \v4fK \M \\v4    A /\ <%A 1
                           V\N^^>^^\V^^^\\N\\\H^   ^4';tf
                                 Precipitation         <$fcVt/vtv
                          Sr%.             _   xv^v\lMi%^'M'
<"•* v • \> i\- i -v -^ v  ,,r   «N?\K»/'^{
 Precipitation          vl&^t
^_       t^^^lS
^a=>~..       Vv^-rt ' ^c-.v^V-tV* *J'\^
'^^^    »*M^fe-S
               L\\ \*."^^'^~J } s v j**^  i * §   ••   •
                 ;t{\v- ?n A^*J  Woodlands
               >   |-|i^Rfl  (silviculture)
                                  Construction "^l^
                                      tiftaHlJ
                     Groves and orchards

                Agricultural
                                                                                            Hydrographic ^.^
                                                                                            modifications "^i
                                                                                           v     •_/_., ^J. '-&**\
                                                                                           rv  ..;  —^_---  __
                                                                          »•'(
                      Salt water
                      intrusion
                                                      Fig. 2.  Monpoint sources.

-------
      Coal fired plants have runoff from coal storage piles and both coal and
 oil fired plants may have runoff  from  fly ash storage piles.  All fossil fuel
 plants have the potential of deposited drift from cooling towers and deposited
 blowdown from steam vents and fallout  from  fugitive air emissions.  Nuclear
 plants may have deposited drift from cooling towers and deposited blowdown
 from steam vents.   The nonpoint sources from energy generating plants will
 likely contain sediments  (suspended and dissolved solids), pesticides, sul-
 fates, organic materials and acids.

      Mining (Coal,  Ore & Mineral) - Nonpoint sources include mine drainage,
 spoil material drainage, runoff from storage piles, runoff from tailing piles,
 and fallout from fugitive air emissions.  Nonpoint source pollutants include
 metals, organic materials, sediment (suspended and dissolved solids), sulfates
 and acids.

      Iron & Steel - Nonpoint sources include runoff from coal, limestone and
 iron ore storage piles, process water  runoff from ingot and pig casting and
 process water spills and fugitive and  point source air emission fallout.
 Pollutants include  metals, nutrients,  acids, organic materials, sediment (sus-
 pended and dissolved solids), and sulfates.

     • Petroleum - Fugitive air emission and air point source emission fallout,
 leaching from waste ultimate disposal  sites, process spills and leaks are the
 most probable nonpoint sources.  These sources contribute organic materials
 (including oil and  grease), pesticides, sediment (suspended and dissolved
 solids),  sulfates,  nutrients, and heat.

      Timber Products - Erosion from roadways, and timber harvesting fugitive
 air emission fallout from cutting and  transportation and fertilization are
 potential nonpoint  sources.  The pollutants emitted include organic materials,
 acids, pesticides,  sediment (suspended and  dissolved solids), and heat.

      Pulp  & Paper - Nonpoint sources are runoff from coal storage piles, log
 piles,  chip piles and bark disposal piles.  Sources also include fugitive and
 point  source air emission fallout and  erosion from roadways.  Organic materials.
 acids,  sediment (suspended and dissolved solids), and sulfates are the most
 probable  contaminants.

      Inorganic Chemicals - Runoff from raw material and intermediate storage
 piles,  leaching and runoff from ultimate disposal areas of concentrated wastes
 and accumulated materials from spills, and  fugitive and points source air emis-
 sion  fallout are potential nonpoint sources.  Pollutants include sediment
 (dissolved  and suspended solids), organic materials, metals, sulfates, acids
 and heat.

     Fertilizer - Nonpoint sources include  runoff from storage piles, accumu-
 lated materials from spills and leaks  and fallout from fugitive and point
 source air  emissions.   Organic materials, nutrients and sediment  (suspended
and dissolved solids)  are the primary  pollutants.

     Cement - Runoff from storage piles and fugitive and point source fallout
are the most probable nonpoint sources.  Sediment  (suspended and dissolved
solids) is the primary contaminant.
                                  -310-

-------
     Feedlots - Runoff from accumulated materials  (waste and feed) Is the
major nonpoint source.  Pollutants include organic materials, nutrients, and
sediment (suspended and dissolved solids) .

     Phosphate Manufacturing - Nonpoint sources are runoff from material piles
and fallout from fugitive  and point  source air emissions.  Sediment (suspended
and dissolved solids), nutrients and organic materials are principal pollutants.

     Nonferrous Metals - Runoff from storage piles and accumulated materials
from process water spills, and fallout  from fugitive and point source air emis-
sions are most probable nonpoint sources.  Contaminants include metals, nutrients
and sediment  (suspended and dissolved solids) .


     While  regulations now exist for controlling  some of these sources, as
stated  earlier,  little has been done in trying to isolate and quantify industrial
nonpoint sources.  Before  regulations imposing controls are  to be enforced, there
is a need for defining  the potential problem.  Therefore, there is a need for
collecting  field data.  We would like to  discuss  the major elements of a field
program for sampling industrial nonpoint  sources.

     Measurement Methodology

     As stated earlier  in the definition of nonpoint  sources, they are not easily
monitored at their source. Most  of the nonpoint  work performed  (urban and agri-
cultural) ,  has focused  on monitoring changes  in  the  receiving water body.  Most
of these studies have tested  large drainage basins and  usually no effort has been
made  to isolate individual sources.  The receiving waters were monitored upstream
 and downstream of the test areas  in both dry  and wet conditions.  The difference
 in parameters minus any point source contribution was the nonpoint source  loading.

      Since industries are usually in urban areas or within  industrial parks,  it
 is much more difficult to isolate a particular -industry.   Sampling the  receiving
 water body input and output and assuming the difference, minus  point  source,  is
 due only to the particular industry's nonpoint sources could result- in  gross
 errors.  Therefore, some  quantification and qualification of the industrial non-
 point sources must be performed in  parallel with receiving body monitoring.
     ~
 „
 of  the  common  parameters monitored.   In addition,  it "      rhemical   The
 choose  a  particular organic,  such as phenol  as an indicato r ^e^'   ™
 choice  of a sampling technique  either manua  -^^J^ilfinTeJeloping
 sample, either composite or discre te  «« ££ "        but can be an advantage
                                             a
                                     -311-

-------
                        TABLE 1
PARAMETERS COMMONLY MONITORED IN NONPOINT SOURCE PROGRAMS
           Suspended Solids
           Dissolved Solids
           Turbidity
           Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
           pH
           Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
           Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
           Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
           Oil & Grease
           Metals
           Phosphate (Ortho,  para)
           Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
           Ammonia Nitrogen
           Sulfates
           Pesticides
                       -312-

-------
advantage.

     A discrete sample  is  collected over a certain time  interval and is kept
separate  from other  samples.   This  type of sample allows comparison of runoff
water quality over a period of time.   The problem with discrete samples is the
large number of samples to be  collected and analyzed.  A composite sample con-
sists of  a series of smaller samples  which are consolidated to form a larger
sample.   A composite sample reduces the number of samples to be analyzed, but
it does not allow comparison of runoff from specific time intervals.  A test
program should incorporate both types of samples,  discrete samples being used
on the parameters of major interest and composite samples on the parameters
of minor  interest, depending on the objectives of  the test program.  If inter-
est is in a single storm event then discrete sampling would be required fo?
adequate  definition.  If interest is  in long-term or average storm conditions
then composite sampling is adequate.

     Samples should  be  taken in both  dry and wet weather conditions.  The
sampling  time is critical  during storm events.  Because of the "first flush"
effect of storms, sampling must begin at the first instance of rainfall and
discrete  samples should be taken at intervals of  5-10 minutes.  Composite
samples should be taken at intervals  of  15-30 minutes.  An automatic sampling
system which is electronically signalled to  start by increases in water level
in a rain gauge is a  must if the "first flush" is to be sampled.  Figure 3^2) is
a flow chart of such a  system.


     Figure 4 shows  a sketch of a hypothetical test area located along a river.
Once a test area has been  selected, upstream and downstream river stations are
located during dry weather conditions for  sampling and flow measurements.
These stations are sampled at  various depths  and distances across the river
during both dry and  wet weather conditions.   If desired,  intermediate river
stations  can be set  up  to  isolate individual  nonpoint sources.  In addition,
if tributaries flow  into the river  within  the test area,  they too must be sam-
pled.  River sampling techniques such as those used by Whipple , DiGiano ,
Randall5  and Colston have been used  for several years.

     During storm events,  meteorological data including rainfall intensity and
duration  must be collected.

     Topographic plots  are developed  to  divide the test area into drainage
basins.   (See Figure 4.)   Runoff sampling stations are located based on these
plots.  The major problem  with this type of  test program is quantification and
qualification of runoff.   Since we  know runoff is  diffuse, it is impossible to
collect all runoff;  therefore  total quantification will have to be estimated
from representative  samples.   Systems for  collecting these samples are only in
an early  state of development.   In  any event a test program of this proportion
is costly and since  nonpoint sources  are site specific and non-repetitive, it
is conceivable that  it  would have to  be carried out on several sites and several
storm events for a particular  industry.   Since this is impractical from cost
and time  standpoints, the  use  of mathematical models for prediction of nonpoint
source pollution as  a replacement of  a majority of the sampling could be more
efficient.
                                   -313-

-------
                                        Rain
i
UJ
Rain
gauge
Rain
^
r
-
High
intensity
by-pass

Flow
gauge
—
•>-

Rainfall
recorder


Flow
recorder
„>.
_J
Delay
circuit
i
i
Y

Sampler
activator


r*
__,
Refrigerated
sample
containers
>-
*-
-<
Elapsed
time
indicator

Sequential
sampler
*—
O
i 	
T
Indexer
distributor

Pump
ut I A In
— -j
Stream
intake
                         Stream flow
                            	 Water from stream or rainfall

                            	Electrical signal
Transport to lab
                                                  Fig. 3. Flow chart - automatic receiving water

                                                         sampling during storms.

-------
Upstream
river  -J£
sampling
                         River flow
i»j._s~— Intermediate sampling
>f*            ^-—
Downstream
river
sampling
                                            $H Runoff sampling locations selected based on
                                                topography of drainage basin.

                                            Fig. 4.  Field program

-------
 Prediction Methodology

     Mathematical models properly applied provide a cost effective means of
 quantifying  impacts on water quality resulting from nonpoint source pollution
 and of  evaluating alternatives for the control of nonpoint sources of pollu-
 tion.   In recent years many mathematical models have been developed to simulate
 the quantity and quality of stormwater runoff and the impact of such runoff on
 the quality  of natural water bodies.  Each model, however, was developed to
 satisfy a different need ranging from the design of municipal storm sewer sys-
 tems to the  assessment of land use as it influences flooding and water quality.
 There does not yet exist a model developed specifically for industrial runoff
 (except mining) although some models can be adapted.   There are many criteria
 that can be  used when selecting a model.  In general, the simplest model which
 satisfies the project needs should be selected for use since such a model is
 normally the most economical choice.  Figure 5^7' serves  to illustrate..one aspect
 which contributes to model complexity - the choice of parameters to be modeled.
 For instance, in a relative sense, it is more difficult to model toxicity
 relationships than to model dissolved oxygen levels.

     Once a  model has been selected it must be adapted to the specific site or
 area being studied.  A model is so adapted through the processes of calibration
 and verification.  Calibration is achieved by adjusting the model to reflect
 site.specific field data.  After the model has been calibrated, it should be
 tested  against a second set of field data.  If the second set of field data and
 the modeled  results compare favorably, the model is considered to be verified
 and ready for application.

     For a model to be adaptable to industrial applications it must be capable
 of  predicting the quantity and quality of stormwater runoff, the transport of
 such runoff  to a receiving body of water, and the impact of such runoff on the
 quantity and quality of the receiving water.  Pollutants of primary importance
 for model simulation include sediment (suspended and dissolved solids), nutrients
 (compounds of nitrogen and phosphorus), pesticides, acidty (pH and sulfuric acid),
 organic material (biochemical oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand, dissolved
 oxygen), and heat (temperature).  In addition, since storm events are dynamic,
 a model must also be capable of simulating functions in a dynamic, i.e., time
 dependent fashion.

     To predict the quantity and quality of stormwater runoff a model must be
 capable of simulating the effects of such items as the intensity and the dura-
 tion of the  storm event, infiltration and drainage characteristics, the accumu-
 lation  of pollutants between storms, and the washoff of such pollutants during
 storms.  For continuous simulation of multiple storms, a  model must be capable
 of  simulating dry weather flows as well cis storm flows.

     To predict the transport of stormwater runoff for industrial land use,  a
 model must be capable of simulating overland flow and routing in man-made  sys-
 tems (channels, sewers, etc*).

     To  describe the impact of the stormwater runoff on a receiving body of
water,   a model must be capable of simulating the quantity and quality  responses
 of  the  receiving water to the runoff impact.  Again, for  continuous  simulation
of multiple  storms, a model must be capable of simulating dry weather  flows  as
well as  storm flows.  For increased flexibility a model should be capable  of
                                   -316-

-------
                   Erosion
               Entrophication
            Toxicity relationships
        Algal growth » Metal transport
       Nutrient and pesticide transport
   Indicator bacteria e Sediment transport
DO   •   Temperature   •    Dissolved solids
Fig. 5. Relative difficulty of applied modeling.
             -317-

-------
simulating various types of receiving waters including rivers,  lakes and
estuaries.

     We have reviewed the prominent runoff mathematical models  and those which
can be adapted to industrial sites are listed in Table 2.   The  models were
evaluated for suitability, adaptability,  complexity,  cost  and availability for
predicting the impact of industrial nonpoint sources  on receiving body water
quality using the following criteria:

          Wastewater (Runoff) - quantity,  quality,  dry weather  flows,
              storm runoff;
          Receiving Water -  quantity, quality,  river, lake,  estuary;

          Quality Parameters - temperature, suspended solids, total
              dissolved solids, biochemical oxygen  demand  (BODs),
              chemical oxygen demand (COD), dissolved oxygen, nitrogen,
              phosphorus, pH, oil and grease, pesticides;

          Simulation of Single Storm
          Simulation of Multiple Storms

          Computer Program Availability - Public or proprietary;

          Complexity - high, moderate, low;

          Costs - high, moderate, low.

     The last four models listed in Table 2 were eliminated because they can
not presently model the receiving water although STORM is  currently being
adapted to include the receiving water.  The WRE, HSP, Dorsch Consult, SWMM -
Release II and SSWMM - Receiv II models seem best suited for adapting to indus-
trial applications.  However, WRE, HSP and Dorsch Consult  models  are proprietary.
Table 3 shows an evaluation of SWMM - Release II and SSWMM - Receiv II models.

Conclusions and Recommendations

     As a result of this overview evaluation of  nonpoint source water pollu-
tion from industrial activities, we have found the  following:


          1.   Little or no quantification data for  any of  the 12
              industries studied except acid mine drainage.
          2.   Nonpoint source measurement has been  performed for
              urban and agricultural activities  with the monitoring
              effort centered on the receiving water body.

          3.   Very little quantification and qualification of runoff
              has been performed.

          4.   Several mathematical models are available for predict-
              ing impact of runoff on receiving  water bodies but none
              have been applied to industrial activities except mining.
              However,  there are models which can be adapted to indus-
              trial activities.
                                   -318-

-------
                   TABLE 2
MATHEMATICAL MODELS ADAPTABLE TO INDUSTRIAL SITES
EPA Stormwater Management Model - Release II  (SWMM)
Water Resources Engineers Stormwater Management Model (WRE)
Short Stormwater Management Model - Receiv II  (Short SWMM)
Hydrocomp  Simulation Program  (HSP)
Dorsch Consult Hydrograph Volume Method
Corps of Engineers  Storage, Treatment, Overflow and
  Runoff Model (STORM)
Battelle Wastewater Management Model
Metcalf &  Eddy Simplified Stormwater Management Model
Pyritic Systems:  A Mathematical Model
                    -319-

-------
                   TABLE 3
               MODEL COMPARISON


Wastewater
Quantity
Quality
Dry Weather Flow
Storm Runoff
Receiving Water
Quantity
Quality
River
Lake
Estuary
Quality Parameters
Temperature
Suspended Solids
Total Dissolved Solids
BODs
COD
Dissolved Oxygen
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
PH
Oil & Grease
Pesticides
Simulation of Single Storm
Simulation of Multiple Storms
Complexity
Cost
EPA SWMM
Release II

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X


X

X
w
X
w
w

w

X
X
H
H
Short SWMM
Receiv II

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X


X

X

X
X
X



X
X
M
M
KEY:  X = Yes
      W = Wastwater Only
      H = High
      M = Moderate
                    -320-

-------
     Since many industries are faced with meeting regulations regarding non-
point source water pollution control, there is a need for determining the
extent of the problem so that cost-effective control measures can be taken.
The program performed by TRC for the Industrial Environmental Research
Laboratory of EPA will be extended to include:

          1.  The design and performance of a sampling program for
              runoff and receiving waters for a particular industry.
          2.  The adaptation of one of  the SWMM models to be used in
              conjunction with the industry test program to model
              the impact of runoff from an industrial site on a
              receiving water body.
                                    -321-

-------
                              REFERENCES
1.   Donald M.  Gray,  editor in-chief,  Handbook on the Principle of
    Hydrology  (Port  Washington,  NY:   Water Information Center and
    National Research Council of Canada,  1970)

2.   M. P. Wanielista, Y.  A.  Yousef,  and W. M.  McLellan, "Transient
    Water Quality Responses from Nonpoint Sources," paper presented
    at the 48th Annual Pollution Control Federation Conference,
    Miami Beach, Fla, October, 1975.

3.   Interview  with William Whipple,  Jr.,  Director of the Water Resources
    Research Institute of Rutgers University,  New Brunswick, NJ  3/16/76.

4.   Interview  with Francis DiGiano,  Associate Professor of Civil Engi-
    neering, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts,
    3/9/76.

5.   Interview  with Clifford Randall,  Professor of Sanitary Engineering,
    Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Virginia, 3/8/76.

6.   Colston -  Characterization and Treatment of Urban Land Runoff, Newton
    V. Colston, Jr., NERC, EPA Report # EPA-670/2-74-096.  December, 1974.

7.   W. G. Hines, et. al., Formulation and Use of Practical Models for
    River Quality Assessment (U. S.  Geological Survey Circular 715-
    B[1975]),  pg. B2.
                               -322-

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA I
(f 'lease read Instructions on the reverse before completing) \
1.REPORTNO. 2 	
EPA-600/2-76-246
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
SYMPOSIUM ON FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MEASURE-
MENT AND CONTROL (May 1976, Hartford, CT)
7. AUTHOR(S)
E.M. Helming, Compiler
9. PERFORMING OR8ANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
TRC, The Research Corporation of New England
125 Silas Deane Highway
Wethersfield, Connecticut 06109
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
EPA, Office of Research and Development
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO. 1
S. REPORT DATE 1
September 1976
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE 1
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO. 1
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO. I
1AB015; ROAP 21AUY-095
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NOV 1
68-02-2110
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Proceedings; 6/75-6/76
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA-ORD
is. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES IERL_RTP project officer for this report is R. M. Statnick, Mail 1
Drop 62, 919/549-8411 Ext 2557.
16. ABSTRACT
The proceedings are a compilation of technical papers presented at a symposium on
the measurement and control of fugitive emissions  (or non-point sources).  They
discuss techniques which have been used to measure fugitive emissions, as well as
systems which have been used to control the emissions.
                              KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                 DESCRIPTORS
                                           b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
 Pollution
 Measurement
 Emission
 Effluents
 Sources


18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 Unlimited

EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
Pollution Control
Stationary Sources
Fugitive Emissions
Non-Point Sources
19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
Unclassified  	
13B
14B
21. NO. OF PAGES
   327
20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
Unclassified
                         22. PRICE
                                         -323-

-------